Health Insurance Issuers Implementing Medical Loss Ratio (MLR) Requirements Under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, 74864-74934 [2010-29596]
Download as PDF
74864
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND
HUMAN SERVICES
45 CFR Part 158
[OCIIO–9998–IFC]
RIN 0950–AA06
Health Insurance Issuers Implementing
Medical Loss Ratio (MLR)
Requirements Under the Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act
Office of Consumer Information
and Insurance Oversight, Department of
Health and Human Services.
ACTION: Interim final rule with request
for comments.
AGENCY:
This document contains the
interim final regulation implementing
medical loss ratio (MLR) requirements
for health insurance issuers under the
Public Health Service Act, as added by
the Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act (Affordable Care Act).
DATES: Effective date: This interim final
regulation is effective January 1, 2011.
Comment date: Comments are due on
or before January 31, 2011.
Applicability dates: This interim final
regulation generally applies beginning
January 1, 2011, to health insurance
issuers offering group or individual
health insurance coverage.
ADDRESSES: Written comments may be
submitted to the address specified
below.
All comments will be made available
to the public. Warning: Do not include
any personally identifiable information
(such as name, address, or other contact
information) or confidential business
information that you do not want
publicly disclosed. All comments are
posted on the Internet exactly as
received, and can be retrieved by most
Internet search engines. No deletions,
modifications, or redactions will be
made to the comments received, as they
are public records. Comments may be
submitted anonymously.
In commenting, please refer to file
code OCIIO–9998–IFC. Because of staff
and resource limitations, we cannot
accept comments by facsimile (FAX)
transmission.
You may submit comments in one of
four ways (please choose only one of the
ways listed):
1. Electronically. You may submit
electronic comments on this regulation
to https://www.regulations.gov. Follow
the instructions under the ‘‘More Search
Options’’ tab.
2. By regular mail. You may mail
written comments to the following
address only: Office of Consumer
Information and Insurance Oversight,
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
Department of Health and Human
Services, Attention: OCIIO–9998–IFC,
Room 445–G, Hubert H. Humphrey
Building, 200 Independence Avenue,
SW., Washington, DC 20201.
Please allow sufficient time for mailed
comments to be received before the
close of the comment period.
3. By express or overnight mail. You
may send written comments to the
following address only: Office of
Consumer Information and Insurance
Oversight, Department of Health and
Human Services, Attention: OCIIO–
9998–IFC, Room 445–G, Hubert H.
Humphrey Building, 200 Independence
Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20201.
4. By hand or courier. If you prefer,
you may deliver (by hand or courier)
your written comments before the close
of the comment period to the following
address: Office of Consumer Information
and Insurance Oversight, Department of
Health and Human Services, Attention:
OCIIO–9998–IFC, Room 445–G, Hubert
H. Humphrey Building, 200
Independence Avenue, SW.,
Washington, DC 20201.
(Because access to the interior of the
Hubert H. Humphrey Building is not
readily available to persons without
Federal government identification,
commenters are encouraged to leave
their comments in the OCIIO drop slots
located in the main lobby of the
building. A stamp-in clock is available
for persons wishing to retain a proof of
filing by stamping in and retaining an
extra copy of the comments being filed.)
Comments mailed to the addresses
indicated as appropriate for hand or
courier delivery may be delayed and
received after the comment period.
Submission of comments on
paperwork requirements. You may
submit comments on this document’s
paperwork requirements by following
the instructions at the end of the
‘‘Collection of Information
Requirements’’ section in this document.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Carol Jimenez, Office of Consumer
Information and Insurance Oversight,
Department of Health and Human
Services, at (301) 492–4457.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Inspection
of Public Comments: Comments
received timely will also be available for
public inspection as they are received,
generally beginning approximately three
weeks after publication of a document,
at the headquarters of the Centers for
Medicare & Medicaid Services, 7500
Security Boulevard, Baltimore,
Maryland 21244, Monday through
Friday of each week from 8:30 a.m. to
4 p.m. To schedule an appointment to
view public comments, phone 1–800–
743–3951.
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Customer Service Information:
Individuals interested in obtaining
information on health reform can be
found https://www.healthcare.gov.
Table of Contents
I. Background
II. Provisions of the Interim Final Rule
A. Introduction and Overview
B. Scope, Applicability and Definitions
1. Scope and Applicability (§§ 158.101–
158.102)
2. Definitions (§ 158.103)
C. Subpart A—Disclosure and Reporting
1. Reporting Requirements (§ 158.110)
2. Aggregate Reporting (§ 158.120)
a. Attribution of State-of-Issue
b. Attribution to Health Insurance Markets
Within States
c. Associations or Trusts
d. Expatriate Plans
e. ‘‘Mini-med’’ Plans
3. Newer Experience (§ 158.121)
4. Premium Revenue (§ 158.130)
5. Reimbursement for Clinical Services
Provided to Enrollees (§ 158.140)
6. Expenditures on Activities To Improve
Quality (§§ 158.150–158.151)
7. Other Non-Claims Activities (§ 158.160)
8. Federal and State Taxes and Licensing
and Regulatory Fees (§§ 158.161–
158.162)
9. Allocation of Expenses (§ 158.170)
D. Subpart B—Calculating and Providing
the Rebate
1. Applicable MLR and States With Higher
MLR (§§ 158.210–158.211)
2. Calculating an Issuer’s MLR (§§ 158.220–
158.221)
3. Credibility Adjustment (§§ 158.230–
158.232)
4. Rebating Premium if MLR Standard Not
Met (§ 158.240)
5. Form of Rebate (§ 158.241)
6. Recipients of Rebates (§ 158.242)
7. De Minimis Rebates (§ 158.243)
8. Unclaimed Rebates (§ 158.244)
9. Notice of Rebates to Enrollees
(§ 158.250)
10. Reporting Rebates to the Secretary
(§ 158.260)
11. Effect of Rebate Payments on Solvency
(§ 158.270)
E. Subpart C—Potential Adjustment to the
Medical Loss Ratio for a State’s
Individual Market
1. Introduction
2. Subpart C’s Approach and Framework
3. Who May Request Adjustment to the
MLR (§§ 158.310–158.311)
4. Required Information (§§ 158.320–
158.323)
5. Assessment Criteria (158.330)
6. Process (§§ 158.340–158.350)
7. Public Comments
F. Subparts D–F—HHS Enforcement,
Additional Requirements on Issuers, and
Federal Civil Penalties
III. Response to Comments
IV. Waiver of Proposed Rulemaking
V. Collection of Information Requirements
A. ICRs Regarding MLR and Rebate
Reporting Requirement (§§ 158.101–
158.170)
B. ICRs Regarding Notice to Enrollees
(§ 158.250)
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
C. ICRs Regarding Retention of Records
(§§ 158.501–158.502)
D. ICRs Regarding State Request for MLR
Adjustment (§§ 158.301–158.350)
VI. Regulatory Impact Analysis
A. Summary
B. Executive Order 12866
1. Need for Regulatory Action
2. Summary of Impacts
3. Qualitative Discussion of Anticipated
Benefits, Costs, and Transfers
a. Benefits
b. Costs
c. Transfers
4. Overview of Data Sources, Methods, and
Limitations
5. Estimated Number of Affected Entities
Subject to the MLR Provisions
6. Estimated Transfers Related to MLR
Rebate Payments
a. Data Limitations and Modeling
Assumptions
b. Methods for Estimating MLR Rebates
c. Estimated Number of Issuers and
Individuals Affected by the MLR Rebate
Requirements
d. Impact of Adjustments on MLRs
e. Estimated Range of MLR Rebates
f. Potential Impact of Destabilization
Adjustment Requests on MLR Rebates
7. Estimated Costs
a. Methodology and Assumptions for
Estimating Administrative Costs
b. Estimated Costs Related to MLR
Reporting
c. Estimated Costs Related to MLR Record
Retention
d. Estimated Costs Related to MLR Rebate
Notifications and Payments
C. Regulatory Alternatives
1. Credibility Adjustment
2. Federal Taxes
3. Activities That Improve Quality
4. Level of Aggregation
D. Regulatory Flexibility Act
E. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
F. Federalism
G. Congressional Review Act
I. Background
The Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act (Pub. L. 111–148, was enacted
on March 23, 2010); the Health Care and
Education Reconciliation Act (Pub. L.
111–152, was enacted on March 30,
2010). In this preamble we refer to the
two statutes collectively as the
Affordable Care Act. The Affordable
Care Act reorganizes, amends, and adds
to the provisions of Part A of title XXVII
of the Public Health Service Act (PHS
Act) relating to group health plans and
health insurance issuers in the group
and individual markets.
The Department of Health and Human
Services (HHS, or the Department) is
issuing regulations in several phases in
order to implement revisions to the PHS
Act made by the Affordable Care Act.
All of the previous regulations were
issued jointly with the Departments of
Labor and the Treasury. A request for
information relating to the medical loss
ratio (MLR) provisions of PHS Act
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
section 2718 was published in the
Federal Register on April 14, 2010 (75
FR 19297) (notice, or request for
information). Additionally, a series of
interim final regulations were published
earlier this year implementing PHS Act
provisions added by the Affordable Care
Act. Specifically, interim final rules
were published implementing (1)
section 2714 (requiring dependent
coverage of children to age 26) (75 FR
27122 (May 13, 2010)); (2) section 1251
of the Affordable Care Act (relating to
status as a grandfathered health plan)
(75 FR 34538 (June 17, 2010)); (3)
sections 2704 (prohibiting preexisting
condition exclusions), 2711 (regarding
lifetime and annual dollar limits on
benefits), 2712 (regarding restrictions on
rescissions), and 2719A (regarding
patient protections) (75 FR 37188 (June
28, 2010)); (4) section 2713 (regarding
preventive health services) (75 FR 41726
(July 19, 2010)); and (5) section 2719
(regarding internal claims and appeals
and external review processes) (75 FR
43330 (July 23, 2010)). Most recently,
HHS, Department of Labor, and
Department of the Treasury published
an amendment to the interim final
regulations relating to status as a
grandfathered health plan (regarding
change in health insurance issuers) in
the Federal Register on November 17,
2010 (75 FR 70114). The Departments
have also published sub-regulatory
guidance regarding various issues
related to the implementation of the
Affordable Care Act, available at
https://www.dol.gov/ebsa and https://
www.hhs.gov/ociio.
This interim final regulation adopts
and certifies in full all of the
recommendations in the model
regulation of the National Association of
Insurance Commissioners (NAIC)
regarding MLRs. It is being published to
implement section 2718(a) through (c)
of the PHS Act, relating to bringing
down the cost of health care coverage
through a new MLR standard. Subpart A
implements the requirements for
reporting the data to be considered in
determining that ratio. Subpart B
addresses the requirements for health
insurance issuers (issuers) in the group
or individual market, including
grandfathered health plans, to provide
an annual rebate to enrollees, if the
issuer’s MLR fails to meet minimum
requirements: Generally, 85 percent in
the large group market and 80 percent
in the small group or individual market.
In Subpart C, this interim final
regulation provides a process and
criteria for the Secretary of Health and
Human Services (the Secretary) to
determine whether application of the 80
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74865
percent MLR in the individual market in
a State may destabilize that individual
market. Finally, enforcement of the
reporting and rebate requirements of
section 2718(a) and (b) are addressed in
Subparts D–F, as specifically authorized
in section 2718(b)(3). This interim final
regulation is generally applicable for
plan years beginning on or after January
1, 2011. Self-insured plans are not a
health insurance issuer, as defined by
section 2791(b)(2) of the PHS Act, and
thus are not subject to this interim final
regulation.
II. Provisions of the Interim Final Rule
A. Introduction and Overview
Section 2718 of the PHS Act includes
two provisions designed to achieve the
objective in the section title: ‘‘Bringing
down the cost of health care coverage.’’
The first is the establishment of greater
transparency and accountability around
the expenditures made by health
insurance issuers. The law requires that
issuers publicly report on major
categories of spending of policyholder
premium dollars, such as clinical
services provided to enrollees and
activities that will improve health care
quality. The second is the establishment
of MLR standards for issuers, which are
intended to help ensure policyholders
receive value for their premium dollars.
Issuers will provide rebates to enrollees
when their spending for the benefit of
policyholders on reimbursement for
clinical services and quality improving
activities, in relation to the premiums
charged, is less than the MLR standards
established pursuant to the statute. The
rebate provisions of section 2718 are
designed not just to provide value to
policyholders, but also to create
incentives for issuers to become more
efficient in their operations. Section
2718 also contains provisions which
allow for modifications to the standards
under certain circumstances, which are
described in this regulation. To inform
decisions about definitions and
methodologies for calculating MLRs, the
Affordable Care Act directed the NAIC
to make recommendations to the
Secretary, subject to certification by the
Secretary. As described below, this
interim final regulation adopts to these
recommendations.
As to the reporting provisions, section
2718(a) requires health insurance
issuers to ‘‘submit to the Secretary a
report concerning the ratio of the
incurred loss (or incurred claims) plus
the loss adjustment expense (or change
in contract reserves) to earned
premiums.’’ The statute, as implemented
by this interim final regulation, requires
health insurance issuers to submit data
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
74866
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
to the Secretary that will allow enrollees
of health plans, consumers, regulators,
and others to take into consideration
MLRs as a measure of health insurance
performance as described in section
2718 of the PHS Act. More specifically,
this interim final regulation is intended
to provide consumers with information
needed to better understand how much
of the premium paid to the issuer is
used to reimburse providers for covered
services, to improve health care quality,
and to pay for the ‘‘non-claims,’’ or
administrative expenses, incurred by
the issuer. The caption of subsection (a)
reflects this purpose, which is to
provide the Secretary and other parties
with a ‘‘clear accounting for costs.’’
As quoted above, the statute requires
issuers to submit a report that
‘‘concerns’’ the ratio of the ‘‘incurred
loss’’ to ‘‘earned premium.’’ The statute
does not simply require the issuer to
report the numeric ratio of the incurred
loss to earned premium. In addition,
subsection (a)(3) requires issuers to
provide an explanation of the ‘‘nature’’
of ‘‘non-claims costs.’’ This interim final
regulation accordingly describes the
type of information that is to be
included in the report to the Secretary
and made available to consumers, in
addition to the numerical ratio. To
increase transparency and avoid
confusion, this interim final regulation
provides that the data to be reported
according to section 2718(a) of the PHS
Act will include all of the elements of
revenue and expenditures that will be
needed to calculate the amount of
rebates under subsection 2718(b).
For this information to be meaningful
to consumers, the report provided to the
Secretary and made available to the
public must include the amount of
premium revenue received as well as
the amount expended on each of the
types of activity identified in
subparagraphs (1), (2), and (3) of section
2718(a) of the PHS Act:
(1) Reimbursement for clinical
services provided to enrollees under the
health insurance plan (subparagraph
(1));
(2) Activities that improve health care
quality for enrollees (subparagraph (2));
(3) All other ‘‘non-claims’’ costs
(subparagraph (3)); and
(4) Federal and State taxes and
licensing or regulatory fees
(subparagraph (3)).
In addition, the rebate requirements
established by section 2718(b) allow for
a State to provide for higher ratios than
those required by section
2718(b)(1)(A)(i) and (ii) of the PHS Act.
In order to allow a State to do so, the
reporting required of health insurance
issuers under subsection (a) must be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
done on a State level. Section 2718(b)
also requires a separate calculation of
the MLR for the large group market, the
small group market, and the individual
market. Consequently, the data required
under subsection (a) must be reported
for the large group market, the small
group market, and the individual market
within each State.
NAIC model regulation and
recommendations. Section 2718(c) of
the PHS Act directs the NAIC, subject to
certification by the Secretary, to
establish:
(1) Uniform definitions of the
activities reported under section
2718(a);
(2) standardized methodologies for
calculating measures of the activities
reported under section 2718(a); and
(3) definitions of which activities and
in what regard such activities constitute
activities that improve health care
quality.
Section 2718(c) also directs that the
standardized methodologies for
calculating measures of the activities
reported under section 2718(a) ‘‘shall be
designed to take into account the special
circumstances of smaller plans, different
types of plans, and newer plans.’’
The NAIC provided its
recommendations to the Secretary on
October 27, 2010 regarding the above
three areas, and made additional
recommendations regarding other
aspects of section 2718, in the form of
a model regulation entitled Regulation
for Uniform Definitions and
Standardized Methodologies for
Calculation of the Medical Loss Ratio
for Plan Years 2011, 2012 and 2013 per
Section 2718(b) of the Public Health
Service Act (hereinafter ‘‘NAIC model
regulation’’) (https://www.naic.org/
documents/
committees_ex_mlr_reg_asadopted.pdf).
The NAIC model regulation is discussed
in more detail in connection with the
specific provisions of this interim final
regulation. The NAIC, in discharging its
statutory obligations, conducted a
thorough and transparent process in
which the views of regulators and
stakeholders were discussed, analyzed,
addressed and documented in
numerous open forums held by staff
from State insurance departments, by
NAIC staff, and by the commissioners,
directors, and superintendents of
insurance from the States. This interim
final regulation certifies and adopts the
NAIC’s model regulation in full.
The NAIC model regulation includes
definitions to be used for purposes of
reporting the types of activities
mandated by section 2718(a), and
standardized methodologies for
calculating measures of such activities
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
including those that improve health care
quality. This interim final regulation
certifies and adopts these definitions in
the NAIC model regulation. Consistent
with the mandate of section 2718(b), the
NAIC and this interim final regulation
require that health insurance issuers
aggregate data at the State level by the
large group market, small group market,
and individual market, and define these
markets. The reporting requirements,
which follow NAIC’s recommendations,
are discussed in connection with
Subpart A.
The NAIC model regulation addresses
in several different ways, as does this
interim final regulation, the statutory
requirement that the methodologies
used to calculate the measures of the
activities reported ‘‘shall be designed to
take into account the special
circumstances of smaller plans, different
types of plans, and newer plans.’’ The
NAIC recommendations address the
special circumstance of newer plans and
smaller plans. They address newer
plans by adjusting when newer plans’
experience is to be reported, which is
addressed in Subpart A. The special
circumstance of smaller plans, which do
not have sufficient experience to be
statistically valid for purposes of the
rebate provisions, are addressed by the
NAIC through credibility adjustments to
the calculation of the MLR. Because
credibility adjustments are necessary to
calculate the rebates under section
2718(b), they are addressed in Subpart
B of this interim final regulation. The
NAIC model regulation does not address
the special circumstances of different
types of plans such as so-called minimed plans or expatriate plans, although
it does address expatriate plans in a
letter to the Secretary. HHS addresses
both mini-med plans and expatriate
plans in this interim final regulation,
and discusses them in connection with
Subpart A.
The NAIC model regulation details
the MLR rebate calculation for each of
the next three MLR reporting years and
notes the incurred claims and expenses
related to improving health care quality
that may be included. HHS has adopted
these provisions in Subpart B.
As noted above, the statute directs the
NAIC, subject to certification by the
Secretary, to establish uniform
definitions and methodologies for
calculating measures of activities that
are used to calculate an issuer’s MLR.
HHS has reviewed these recommended
definitions and methodologies and has
decided to certify and adopt the NAIC
recommendations in its October 27
model regulation. The NAIC held
public, weekly meetings for several
months during which interested parties
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
were encouraged to provide both
written and oral comments, and the
details surrounding the reporting
requirements were thoroughly analyzed.
In making the determination to certify
the NAIC’s recommendations, HHS also
considered the NAIC’s Issue Resolution
Documents, which were produced as a
result of the NAIC’s process and which
contain the NAIC’s position regarding
numerous related issues. In addition,
HHS considered the public comments
received by the NAIC as well as
comments submitted to HHS in
response to its request for information
published on April 14, 2010 in the
Federal Register. HHS also considered
the letters submitted by the NAIC to the
Secretary with respect to MLR issues,
which are also public records.
Organization of this regulation. The
basis, scope, applicability, and
definitions for this interim final
regulation are set forth in §§ 158.101
through 158.103. The structure of
Subpart A of this interim final
regulation follows the organization of
section 2718(a). The obligation to report
is established in § 158.110. The way in
which issuers are to aggregate data in
the required reports is explained in
§ 158.120. The special circumstances of
mini-med plans and expatriate plans are
also included in § 158.120. Newer
experience is addressed in § 158.121.
Section 158.130 addresses provisions
that relate to premium revenue. Section
158.140 clarifies what may be reported
as reimbursement for clinical services
provided to enrollees, also known as
incurred claims. Sections 158.150
through 158.151 explain the criteria for
determining whether expenditures are
for activities that improve health care
quality, allocation of such expenses, and
treatment of health information
technology (HIT) expenses required to
accomplish such activities. Section
158.160 clarifies reporting of non-claims
costs. Sections 158.161 and 158.162
address the Federal and State taxes and
licensing or regulatory fees that may be
excluded from non-claims costs
pursuant to PHS Act section 2718(a)(3).
Section 158.170 addresses allocation of
expenses among categories reported as
well as an issuer’s lines of business.
Similarly, the structure of Subpart B
of this interim final regulation follows
the organization of section 2718(b). The
applicable MLR standards for the large
group, small group and individual
markets are addressed in § 158.210.
States are permitted to establish a higher
MLR standard than provided by the
Affordable Care Act, and if a State has
done so, the State’s standard applies, as
stated in § 158.211. Section 158.220
explains which MLR reporting year’s
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
data is to be used to calculate an issuer’s
MLR, and § 158.221 directs which data
elements should be in the ratio’s
numerator and which should be in the
denominator. Credibility adjustments
are delineated in § 158.230, and the
details as to how to calculate them are
addressed in § 158.231 and § 158.232.
Sections 158.240 through 158.242
provide that enrollees must receive a
rebate if the applicable MLR standard is
not met, and establish who receives the
rebate in certain circumstances, and the
manner in which the rebate must be
made. The de minimis amount below
which a rebate need not be provided
and how to handle de minimis rebates
are addressed in § 158.243. Section
158.250 establishes a requirement for
issuers to provide rebate recipients with
an explanatory notice, while § 158.260
establishes a requirement for issuers to
report to the Secretary data regarding
rebate payments.
Subpart C of this interim final
regulation addresses the Secretary’s
discretion in section 2718(b)(A)(ii) to
adjust the MLR percentage for the
individual market in a State if the
Secretary determines that application of
an 80 percent MLR standard may
destabilize the individual market in
such State. This interim final regulation
provides that such determinations will
be made pursuant to a State request and
based on standards that include
recommendations made to HHS in a
letter from the NAIC on October 13,
2010.
Subparts D, E and F of this interim
final regulation implement section
2718(b)(3), Enforcement, which directs
the Secretary to promulgate regulations
for enforcing section 2718, and allows
for providing appropriate penalties as
part of the enforcement scheme. Subpart
D addresses the enforcement scheme.
Subpart E sets forth the requirements for
maintaining records and information.
Subpart F, Federal Civil Penalties,
details the basis for imposing civil
penalties, factors that HHS will consider
in assessing civil penalties, the amount
of the penalties, and the process for
assessing them.
B. Scope, Applicability and Definitions
1. Scope and Applicability (§§ 158.101
Through 158.102)
Section 158.101 sets forth the topics
and issues covered in Part 158 of this
interim final regulation.
Section 158.102 provides that Part
158 applies to health insurance issuers
offering group or individual health
insurance coverage. Section 2718(a) of
the PHS Act expressly provides that this
includes grandfathered health plans.
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74867
Grandfathered health plans are defined
in 26 CFR 54.9815–1251T, 29 CFR
§§ 2590.715 through 1251, and 45 CFR
147.140, which implements the
provisions in the Affordable Care Act
regarding status as a grandfathered
health plan (see Interim Final Rules for
Group Health Plans and Health
Insurance Coverage Relating to Status as
a Grandfathered Health Plan Under the
Affordable Care Act, 75 FR 34538 (June
17, 2010), as amended, 75 FR 70114
(November 17, 2010)).
Although Section 2718(a) of the PHS
Act does not exempt specific categories
of plans from its requirements,
subparagraph (c) requires that the
reporting requirements and
methodologies for calculating measures
of the activities reported ‘‘be designed to
take into account the special
circumstances of smaller plans, different
types of plans, and newer plans.’’
Smaller plans, different types of plans,
and newer plans are subject to this
interim final rule, and their special
circumstances are addressed through
the reporting requirements and
calculation of the MLR provisions in
Subparts A and B.
2. Definitions (§ 158.103)
Section 2718(c) of the PHS Act directs
the NAIC, subject to certification by the
Secretary, to ‘‘establish uniform
definitions of the activities reported
under subsection (a) and standardized
methodologies for calculating measures
of such activities, including definitions
of which activities, and in what regard
such activities, constitute activities
described in section (a)(2).’’
The NAIC model regulation includes
definitions of the activities reportable
under section 2718(a) of the PHS Act
and this interim final regulation adopts
those definitions. Many of the terms
defined in the NAIC model regulation
refer to specific lines on NAIC financial
reporting forms that are broader than the
reporting required for the PHS Act MLR
provisions.
Any defined term that is used in only
one section of this Subpart is defined in
that section and is not also contained in
the ‘‘Definitions’’ section of the
regulation. Such terms include
‘‘aggregation,’’ ‘‘incurred claims,’’ and
‘‘quality improving activities.’’ Thus,
these terms are discussed in the
preamble section regarding that topic,
rather than here. For example,
‘‘aggregation’’ is addressed in § 158.120,
‘‘incurred claims’’ is defined in
§ 158.140, and ‘‘quality improving
activities’’ is defined in § 158.150. Each
of these terms is discussed in the
section of the preamble regarding the
regulation pertaining to it.
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
74868
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Definitions that are used in the
regulation as commonly used in the
health care industry are not of particular
note and therefore are not discussed
here. We do discuss several definitions
that are unique to this regulation or that
may be of particular interest to
enrollees, health plans, consumers,
regulators and others. The definitions in
§ 158.103 apply to all of Part 158. Also,
in the public comments regarding
uniform definitions for activities
reported on under section 2718(a) of the
PHS Act, the only definition we
received any significant amount of
comments on is ‘‘plan year.’’ Those
comments are discussed below with
regard to MLR reporting year. Finally,
we note that the interim final regulation
uses the term ‘‘market’’ as it is used in
the statute, to differentiate the small
group, large group, and individual
market, even if in some contexts these
are also referred to as ‘‘market
segments.’’
‘‘MLR reporting year.’’ Section 2718(a)
requires each health insurance issuer to
submit a report to the Secretary ‘‘with
respect to each plan year.’’ The NAIC
has recommended, and HHS concurs,
that for purposes of MLR reporting and
calculation, the term ‘‘plan year’’ in
section 2718 should be interpreted to
refer to the calendar year for that plan,
and not necessarily the plan year that
applies for other purposes. In adopting
the NAIC’s definition, HHS uses the
term ‘‘MLR reporting year.’’ Accordingly,
this regulation interprets ‘‘plan year,’’ as
used in section 2718(a), as referring to
the ‘‘MLR reporting year,’’ and defines
the MLR reporting year as the calendar
year. We recognize that this definition is
different than the definition of the term
‘‘plan year’’ currently in the regulations
implementing the PHS Act. This current
regulatory definition of ‘‘plan year’’
would continue to apply for all
purposes other than the period to be
used for MLR reporting and rebate
calculation. Specifically, for purposes
other than the period for MLR reporting
and rebate calculation, the term plan
year is defined as ‘‘the year that is
designated as the plan year in the plan
document of a group health plan,’’
although the plan year may under
certain conditions be the deductible
year, the policy year, the employer’s tax
year, or the calendar year. We also note
that, in the case of individual health
insurance coverage, a similar term—
‘‘policy year’’—is defined. Under these
definitions, the ‘‘plan year’’ or ‘‘policy
year’’ is specific to the group or
individual policy, and can be
determined by the issuer. The NAIC
recognized that requiring reporting of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
MLR data for each plan year under this
generally applicable definition would be
problematic. Meaningful reporting of
the data required by section 2718 of the
PHS Act requires aggregation of an
issuer’s experience across health
insurance policies and policy forms in
each State’s large group, small group,
and individual markets.
As stated above, the NAIC
recommends and requires calendar-year
reporting and we adopt this
recommendation and require reporting
on a calendar-year basis. Issuers will
report the premium earned, claims,
quality improvement expenses and
other non-claims costs incurred under
health insurance that is in force during
the calendar year. Calendar year
reporting will increase the reliability of
the experience data that will be reported
and that will be used as the basis for
rebate calculations. It will reduce the
reporting burden on issuers, as they will
be required to prepare and file a single
loss ratio report and to calculate and
pay rebates only once each calendar
year. All enrollees under any of the
health insurance coverage whose
experience is reflected in the report to
the Secretary will be eligible for rebates
on the premiums paid during that
calendar year. To avoid confusion with
other uses of the term ‘‘plan year,’’ and
to make for a clearer presentation and
discussion of the MLR reporting
requirements, we have adopted the term
‘‘MLR reporting year’’ to refer to the
‘‘plan year’’ referenced in section 2718
for use in the regulation.
The Secretary invited the public to
comment on uniform definitions for
activities to be reported to the Secretary
pursuant to section 2718(a). The only
comments received regarding the terms
defined in § 158.103 were with respect
to ‘‘plan year.’’
Since section 2718 of the PHS Act
uses the term ‘‘plan year’’ without
specifying whether it means a planspecific year or a generally applicable
reporting period, several commenters
requested that we simply clarify its
meaning. As explained above, we have
done so. A minority of commenters
preferred reporting to correspond to the
effective dates of each health plan,
arguing that non-calendar year plans
may have difficulty gathering data on a
calendar year basis as health plans are
issued at various times throughout the
calendar year. However, the calendar
year reporting method used in this
regulation was supported by several
State regulators, health insurance
issuers and others because it allows
issuers to combine experiences across
all policies and will therefore produce
more uniform and reliable premium,
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
claims and cost data. They also
supported such a calendar-year based
reporting period because it is consistent
with current industry financial
reporting practices, is simpler for
consumers to comprehend, and allows
States to get the data at one time.
‘‘Enrollee.’’ Section 158.103 defines
the term ‘‘enrollee’’ as ‘‘an individual
who is enrolled, within the meaning of
45 CFR 144.103, in group health
insurance coverage, or an individual
who is covered by individual insurance
coverage, at any time during an MLR
reporting year.’’ The NAIC does not
define the term ‘‘enrollee.’’ However, we
believe it is important to clarify that, for
reporting purposes, ‘‘enrollee’’ refers to
anyone covered by a group plan,
including dependents of the subscriber
or employee, as well as anyone covered
by an individual policy, despite the fact
that this term is not ordinarily used in
the individual market.
‘‘Small group market’’ and ‘‘Large
group market.’’ The reporting
regulations require in general that
issuers report data for the large group
market, small group market, and
individual market, as that separation of
data will be required in order to
calculate the ratios and rebates provided
for in PHS Act section 2718(b). There is
currently more than one option for how
to distinguish the small group market
and the large group market. The small
and large group markets, respectively,
refer to coverage sold to a ‘‘small
employer’’ or a ‘‘large employer.’’ The
determination of whether an employer
is large or small depends on how many
employees it has at particular times.
Prior to the Affordable Care Act, the
PHS Act defined a small group in terms
of 2–50 employees, and a large group in
terms of 51 or more employees, while a
group with only one employee was
considered to be in the individual
market. However, the States were
permitted to regulate very small groups
(‘‘groups of one’’) in the small group
market rather than the individual
market. While most States used the
statutory definition, several States have
chosen to regulate these very small
groups in the small group market.
Section 1304(b) of the Affordable Care
Act amended the definitions of large
and small employer in the PHS Act,
defining a small employer as 1–100
employees and a large employer as 101
or more employees. However, section
1304(b)(3) of the Affordable Care Act
also allows States to continue to define
an employer with up to 50 employees as
a ‘‘small employer’’ until 2016.
This interim final regulation provides
that for purposes of section 2718 of the
PHS Act, consistent with the provisions
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
in the Affordable Care Act, until 2016 a
State may continue to provide a
definition of small group as having a
maximum of 50 members, and that for
States that do so, that definition shall
apply to the MLR reporting and rebate
requirements set forth in section 2718.
This regulation does not address the
definition of the term ‘‘small employer’’
as used in ERISA or the Internal
Revenue Code, or how the definition in
these statutes interact with the
definition in the PHS Act for purposes
other than the MLR provisions in
section 2718. We anticipate that these
provisions will be addressed in future
guidance.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
C. Subpart A—Disclosure and Reporting
1. Reporting Requirements (§ 158.110)
Section 2718(a) of the statute requires
issuers to submit a report to the
Secretary for each plan year concerning
information related to earned premiums
and expenditures in various categories,
including reimbursement for clinical
services provided to enrollees, activities
that improve health care quality, and all
other non-claims costs. In § 158.110 of
this interim final regulation, HHS
requires that the report be submitted to
the Secretary by June 1 of the year
following the end of an MLR reporting
year. This allows issuers to include in
the report claims for services provided
during the MLR reporting year that are
processed and paid in the three months
following the end of the MLR reporting
year, as provided in § 158.140(a)(1), and
gives issuers another two months to
compile and submit the required data.
As discussed in sections 4. and 5.
below, mini-med plans and expatriate
plans wishing to receive the ‘‘special
circumstances’’ adjustment discussed in
those sections would be required under
§ 158.110(b)(1) to submit data on an
accelerated schedule.
The precise form and content of the
data that issuers must report to the
Secretary will be announced in a
subsequent Federal Register notice. It is
anticipated that the data to be submitted
will be closely coordinated with the
data included on the Supplemental
MLR Exhibit that is filed by issuers with
State departments of insurance as part
of their Annual Statement.
A common practice in insurance is
the sale or transfer of blocks of policies
between issuers. This practice creates
two issues for the reporting
requirements under section 2718 of the
PHS Act. Consistent with the NAIC’s
recommendation, § 158.110(c) requires
an issuer that has ceded all of the risk
associated with a block of policies to
another issuer to exclude any
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
experience under those policies from its
report. As specified in § 158.110(c), the
issuer acquiring the policies must report
all of the claims, premium and expenses
associated with the acquired policies,
including claims and costs incurred and
premiums earned during the MLR
reporting year by the ceding issuer prior
to the effective date of the agreement to
transfer responsibility for the policies.
The ceding issuer must not include
experience under these policies in its
report to the Secretary. A second
practice in insurance with implications
for the reporting requirements under
section 2718 of the PHS Act is the use
of so-called ‘‘assumption reinsurance’’ to
transfer a block of business or group of
insurance policies from one issuer to
another.
2. Aggregate Reporting (§ 158.120)
Section 158.120 of this interim final
regulation requires issuers to report
premium, claims and other expenses for
all group and individual health
insurance coverage (as defined above)
on an aggregate basis by State and
health insurance market. This follows
the approach recommended by the
NAIC. That is, a health insurance issuer
will submit, for each State in which it
writes coverage, data on the aggregate
premiums, claims experience, qualityimprovement expenditures, and nonclaims costs it incurs in connection with
the policies it issues in the large group,
small group, and individual markets.
HHS believes that reporting by State is
clearly intended in section 2718 of the
PHS Act, which allows a State to set a
higher MLR standard than the 80 or 85
percent required by the statute.
Reporting by health insurance market—
i.e., by large group, small group, and
individual markets—is also required by
section 2718 of the PHS Act, which
requires that MLR standards be met for
each such market. The experience for
group coverage issued by a single issuer
that covers employees in multiple States
must be attributed to the State that
regulates the insurance contract
between the employer and the issuer, as
stated in § 158.120(b) of this interim
final regulation. Section 158.120(d) also
(1) specifies how to attribute experience
related to policies sold through
associations and trusts, (2) establishes
special rules that should be followed in
reporting experience under group health
insurance coverage offered by multiple
affiliated issuers in connection with a
single group health plan that gives
participants a choice of coverage
options, and (3) provides for separate
reporting in 2011 for mini-med plans
that have a total annual limit of
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74869
$250,000 or less and for expatriate
plans.
The aggregation rules adopted in the
regulation are designed to accomplish
several objectives. First, the data that are
reported and subsequently used to
calculate MLRs and rebates should be
based on sufficient experience to
provide a reliable estimate of the
issuer’s administrative performance and
pricing strategy. To the extent possible,
the data used to calculate the MLRs and
rebates should not simply represent
unpredictable fluctuations in use of
services by those covered by the issuer.
Second, the reported data should reflect
the responsibility of State insurance
departments to (1) license issuers to sell
insurance within a State (and, where
applicable, to approve the products that
can be offered in the State by the issuer),
and (2) exercise oversight over the
premium amounts that are charged for
coverage. Third, HHS sought to
minimize the burden associated with
reporting MLR data, including the
quality-improvement expense and nonclaims costs that would be reported in
connection with each ‘‘aggregation.’’
In developing the regulation, a rule
was considered that would disaggregate
products by type of coverage—for
example, HMO, PPO, and highdeductible coverage—even if offered by
the same licensed issuer. The purpose of
such a disaggregation would be to have
the reported MLRs and rebates reflect
experience under more uniform product
designs, and to reduce possible
inequities in the treatment of different
types of plans. However, disaggregation
would increase the number of reporting
aggregations since one licensed issuer
could have to report multiple
aggregations, thus reducing the
reliability of reported experience and
rebates. HHS agrees with the NAIC and
has decided against this type of
disaggregation. In response to the
Request for Comments, commenters
generally supported aggregation by State
and, within State, by the three market
segments identified in the statute: The
large group market, the small group
market, and the individual market.
Consumer advocacy groups generally
noted that aggregation would tend to
mask variations in MLRs across
products. However, other commenters
noted that aggregation across policies is
needed to calculate reliable MLRs and
to reflect the pooling of risk across
policies or policy forms. After
considering the arguments presented by
the commenters, as well as public
comments submitted to the NAIC, HHS
decided to follow the recommendations
submitted to the Secretary by the NAIC
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74870
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
and aggregate at the market level within
each State, for reasons described below.
a. Attribution to State-of-Issue
The regulation requires issuers to
report experience based on the State-ofissue for each policy that it writes. This
requirement is intended to result in a
report that describes experience under
policies whose benefits and premiums
either are regulated, or could be
regulated, by a State, since it is at the
State level that insurance regulation
occurs. The regulation generally defines
the State-of-issue based on the ‘‘situs’’ of
the insurance contract between the
issuer and the policyholder. HHS
defines ‘‘situs’’ as the State in which the
contract is issued or delivered as stated
in the contract. Consistent with NAIC
guidance, HHS interprets this as the
State that has primary jurisdiction over,
or governs, the policy. Special rules that
apply to determining the ‘‘situs’’ of a
policy marketed to individuals and
employers through associations or trusts
are discussed below.
The NAIC concluded, and the
Department agrees with its conclusion,
that the State is the appropriate level of
geographic aggregation. Regulation of
insurance has been and continues to be
primarily the responsibility of States.
Benefits offered, premiums, and
marketing activities are all regulated
under State law. It is the States that
review and approve rates, and oversee
solvency, and rebates are essentially a
retrospective adjustment or correction to
premiums. In addition, the statute
specifically provides an opportunity for
individual States to adopt loss ratio
standards that are higher than those
required by section 2718(b). It also
allows for State-by-State adjustments to
the medical loss ratio standard when
justified by potential destabilization in
the individual market. Applying Statelevel and State-specific MLR standards
would be difficult if experience were
aggregated across States that may have
different MLR standards. Adopting the
State as the basic unit of geographic
aggregation will make the reports
submitted under section 2718 more
meaningful to the exchanges. The
Department agrees with the NAIC
determination and has decided not to
aggregate the experience of a single
issuer across States. A rule that would
permit aggregation of experience across
issuers with common ownership was
also considered. Under such a rule, the
experience of all issuers owned by a
common holding company or corporate
group would be combined. Aggregation
across such affiliated issuers would
have two possible advantages: It would
increase the total experience used to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
prepare the report, thereby increasing
the reliability of the data for smaller
issuers; and it would combine similar
coverage provided in the same market
by two related companies. However,
aggregation across affiliated issuers
might also combine the experience of
issuers offering dissimilar coverage or
that use different pricing policies. HHS
has concluded, as did the NAIC, that
reporting should not be done at the level
of the holding company in this interim
final regulation.
In response to both the April request
for information notice and the NAIC’s
solicitation of comments, extensive
comments were received from issuers,
regulators, and consumers. In general,
comments received from regulators and
consumers supported aggregation at no
higher than the State level. The reasons
given for State aggregation included
consistency with the statute, greater
meaningfulness of State-level
information to consumers and
purchasers, consistency with the
responsibility of the States for
regulation of issuers and oversight of
insurance premiums, and the
calculation of rebates that appropriately
reflect the relationship between
premium and claims experience. Many
health issuers also recommended
aggregation at the State level, although
some recommended aggregation at the
national level for coverage sold to large
employers. Advocates of aggregation at
a national level pointed to the greater
reliability of reported loss ratios when
based on the experience of the
combined national enrollment of an
issuer and, in the case of large group
coverage, the use of experience rating
for national or regional employers, and
the complexity of allocating certain
expenses, particularly Federal taxes, to
experience within a single State. Several
comments addressed aggregation at a
geographic region smaller than a State.
Reasons identified for regional
aggregation within a State included
claims of geographic variations within
States of utilization and expenditure
patterns and differences across issuers
in geographic adjustments that are used
to set premiums.
The NAIC considered the arguments
made for different approaches to
geographic aggregation, including the
issues related to multi-State level
employers, and decided that aggregation
should be at the State level. HHS agrees
with and adopts the NAIC’s approach.
As discussed previously, particularly as
to the individual and small group
markets, State aggregation is most
consistent with the requirements of the
statute, particularly provisions
permitting State-level exceptions to the
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
minimum loss ratio, and will result in
information that is more meaningful to
consumers. In addition, aggregation at a
national level would preclude States’
flexibility to set higher MLR standards
as prescribed in the Affordable Care Act.
Aggregation at the State level will also
ensure value for their health care dollars
for consumers in every State.
Some issuers have expressed concern
that the reporting and rebate
requirements recommended by the
NAIC, and adopted in this regulation,
would disadvantage large or multi-state
employers, including those with a small
number of employees in one State and
a larger presence in another. This
regulation does not require these
businesses to change the manner in
which they operate, and accommodates
issuers that provide coverage to such
employers in a number of ways.
First, where an issuer insures
employees of a business located in
multiple States, the NAIC recommended
and HHS agrees that MLR reporting
should be based on the ‘‘situs of the
contract.’’ Under this approach,
incorporated in this regulation, the
premiums and claims experience
attributable to employees in multiple
States are combined and reported by the
issuer in the MLR report for the State
identified in the insurance policy or
certificate as having primary
jurisdiction over the policy—often the
headquarters of the company. This
avoids separating the experience of
employees from a single company in
multiple States.
Second, the NAIC recommended, and
HHS adopts, combined reporting across
affiliates for ‘‘dual contracts.’’ Under
these types of insurance contracts, a
single group health plan obtains
coverage from two affiliated issuers, one
providing in-network coverage, and a
second affiliate providing out-ofnetwork benefits to the plan. The
experience of these two affiliated issuers
providing coverage to a single employer
can be combined and reported on a
consolidated basis as if it were entirely
provided by the in-network issuer. This
maintains the experience of employees
in a single reporting entity.
Thirdly, where affiliated issuers offer
blended insurance rates to an
employer—rates based on the combined
experience of the affiliates serving the
employer—the NAIC recommended and
HHS agrees that the incurred claims and
expenses for quality improving
activities can be adjusted among
affiliates to reflect the experience of the
employer as a whole.
Taken together, these provisions
recommended by the NAIC and adopted
by HHS are a reasonable
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
accommodation of the needs of
affiliated issuers and the multi-state
employers for which the issuers provide
coverage.
b. Attribution to Health Insurance
Markets Within States
The interim final regulation requires
issuers to report experience within a
State for each of the three markets
referenced by the statute: The
individual market, the small group
market and the large group market.
Experience under a health insurance
policy or certificate is to be attributed to
the individual market if the policy is not
offered in connection with a group
health plan, as defined by the PHS Act.
In response to the April request for
information notice, HHS received
extensive comments on a separate
aggregation question: Whether to
combine the small group and individual
markets. In general, comments
supported separate reporting for the
individual, small group, and large group
markets. Concern was expressed that
merging any of these markets would
tend to conceal differences in medical
loss ratios and perpetuate the pricing of
individual or small group policies to
achieve a medical loss ratio
substantially below the minimums
specified in the statue. On the other
hand, HHS received comments from
both regulators and industry supporting
the consolidation of the individual and
small group markets, and some
comments recommended giving issuers
the option of combining or not
combining the individual and small
group markets. Consolidated reporting
could increase the reliability of reported
loss ratios by reflecting a larger base of
experience. However, it could also
deprive consumers in one of these
markets of the value of the statutory
MLR standard.
The NAIC, in its model regulation,
permits an issuer to combine the
individual and small group markets for
purposes of calculating the MLR rebate
if the State in which the coverage is
issued requires that the two markets be
combined for rating purposes. HHS
adopts this approach. This exception is
consistent with section 1312(c)(3) of the
Affordable Care Act, which allows a
State to require the merger of the
individual and small group markets.
Under such a merger, risk is pooled
between individuals and small groups,
and it would be appropriate to base
rebates on the combined experience in
the two markets. While we agree with
this approach, it is important that the
experience of the small group and
individual markets be reported
separately even if experience is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
combined for purposes of calculating
the MLR, for a number of reasons. The
statute allows the Secretary to adjust the
MLR percentage in the individual
market of a State if the Secretary
determines that the application of the 80
percent MLR may destabilize the
individual market in that State. Also,
the law states that the Secretary may
adjust the MLR ‘‘if the Secretary
determines appropriate on account of
the volatility of the individual market
due to the establishment of State
Exchanges.’’ In order for the Secretary to
make these determinations, reporting of
data for the individual market is
needed. Separately reported data will
also enable HHS to evaluate the impact
of the MLR standards on the market,
consumers, and the industry, and to
consider making changes to the interim
final regulation as appropriate based on
actual experience.
HHS has considered the arguments
made for different approaches to
aggregation across markets. It has
decided to follow the recommendation
to the Secretary submitted by the NAIC
and require separate reporting of
experience by the three markets.
c. Associations or Trusts
The aggregation rules, in § 158.120(d),
adopts the NAIC’s approach and also
provide guidance for insurance coverage
offered through associations or trusts.
Under the definition of ‘‘group health
insurance coverage,’’ only coverage
offered to individuals through
associations or trusts that are offered in
connection with a group health plan
should be attributed to the group
market. Coverage obtained through an
association or trust that is not offered in
connection with a group health plan
should be attributed to the individual
market. Although such coverage is
generally considered to be ‘‘group’’
coverage under the conventions of
statutory accounting, it is to be reported
as individual coverage consistent with
the requirements of the PHS Act. This
is consistent with ERISA’s definition of
group health plan, as incorporated in
title XXVII of the PHS Act, as well as
the NAIC’s recommended approach.
Although such coverage is generally
considered to be ‘‘group’’ coverage for
other purposes (for example, the
conventions of statutory accounting),
this interim final regulation requires
non-employment based coverage to be
reported as individual coverage
consistent with the requirements of the
PHS Act. As noted earlier, this interim
final regulation does not apply to selfinsured plans, including self-insured
plans offered through an association or
trust.
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74871
d. Expatriate Plans
The NAIC model regulation does not
address the special circumstances of
different types of plans, such as
expatriate plans and plans with low
annual limits, commonly called ‘‘minimed’’ plans. However, in a letter dated
October 13, 2010 to the Secretary of
Health and Human Services, the NAIC
expressed its opinion that expatriate
plans should be excluded from the
requirements of section 2718. HHS has
considered the NAIC’s views, as well as
the public comments received by HHS
and by the NAIC regarding these types
of plans. Expatriate policies generally
cover: Employees working outside their
country of citizenship; employees
working outside of their country of
citizenship and outside the employer’s
country of domicile; and citizens
working in their home country. Their
unique nature results in a higher
percentage of administrative costs in
relation to premiums than plans that
provide coverage primarily within the
United States, for two reasons. One,
administrative costs are related to
identifying and credentialing providers
worldwide in countries with different
licensing and other requirements from
those found in the United States,
processing claims submitted in various
languages that follow various billing
procedures and standards, providing
translation and other services to
enrollees, and helping subscribers locate
qualified providers in different
countries. Two, because these plans
primarily cover care in other countries,
issuers are less able to provide quality
improving activities.
We note initially that some expatriate
plans are not subject to the provisions
of the Affordable Care Act, including
the MLR reporting and rebate provisions
of section 2718. Policies issued by nonU.S. issuers for services rendered
outside of the U.S. are not subject to the
Affordable Care Act. Therefore, if an
expatriate policy is written on a form
that was not filed and approved by any
State insurance department, or its
equivalent, experience under that policy
would not be reported for purposes of
calculating an issuer’s MLR.
HHS agrees with the NAIC that
expatriate policies that are issued by
U.S. domestic issuers on forms
approved by a State insurance
department have special circumstances
that should be addressed in this interim
final regulation. Therefore, the
experience of these expatriate policies is
to be reported separately from other
coverage, as provided in § 158.120(d)(4),
and the calculation of claims and
quality improving activities is to be
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74872
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
multiplied by a factor of two, as
provided in § 158.221(b). HHS believes
that this factor is sufficient to account
for the special circumstances of
expatriate plans, while still requiring
that they meet the statutory MLR
standards. However, because HHS
thinks additional data is necessary to
inform this adjustment, this special
circumstance adjustment applies for
2011 only. Also, in order to determine
whether, and if so what type of, an
adjustment may be appropriate for 2012,
expatriate plans that wish to avail
themselves of this special circumstances
adjustment in § 158.221(b)(4) for 2011
will be required to report MLR data on
a quarterly schedule under § 158.110(b).
We will revisit the special filing
circumstances for expatriate plans after
reviewing the quarterly filings.
e. ‘‘Mini-med’’ Plans
HHS has received requests from
issuers of so-called mini-med plans to
be exempted entirely from the MLR and
rebate provisions of section 2718. The
term ‘‘mini-med’’ plan does not have a
statutory basis, and we use it here to
generally refer to policies that often
cover the same types of medical services
as comprehensive medical plans but
have unusually low annual benefit
limits, often capping coverage on an
annual basis for one or more benefits at
$5,000 or $10,000, although some have
limits above $50,000 or even $250,000.
Our analysis of this segment of the
insurance market suggests that a large
majority of such plans have limits at or
below $250,000. As discussed below,
we therefore are using this figure as a
proxy for capturing this type of plan.
Issuers of mini-med plans assert that
their administrative costs are higher as
a percentage of the premium collected
than is the case for plans having higher
annual limits and thus a higher
premium base. They assert that they
have special administrative burdens
because the populations they serve
generally have high turnover rates. This
high turnover rate may also result in
lower claims costs. Mini-med plans are
also less likely to spend as much on
quality improving activities because of
their lower annual limits. Both of these
factors would result in administrative
costs being a higher percentage of
premium dollars than for plans with
higher amounts of coverage. These
issuers therefore ask that mini-med
coverage be exempted entirely from the
requirements of section 2718, and have
indicated that in the absence of an
exemption some may no longer be able
to offer coverage. Some consumer
groups have disagreed, suggesting that
mini-med plans have higher profit
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
margins than do traditional plans with
significantly higher limits and should
not be exempt from the MLR standards.
The Blue Cross and Blue Shield
Association sent a letter to Secretary
Sebelius on November 1, 2010 in which
it urged that HHS not grant ‘‘any MLR
exceptions for particular companies or
product types.’’ However, an issuer,
which according to company materials
has a relationship with the Blue Cross
and Blue Shield system and provides
coverage to at least one large employer,
asserted that the company would be
forced to drop this coverage without an
exemption.
The application of the Affordable Care
Act to mini-med plans has already
arisen in the context of restrictions on
annual benefit limits under section 2711
of the PHS Act. HHS has established a
process under which certain health
plans with annual limits below those
established in the interim final
regulation implementing section 2711
may be granted a temporary waiver from
the application of higher limits if
compliance with the standards would
result in a significant decrease in access
to benefits or a significant increase in
premiums. See 26 CFR 54.9815–2711T;
29 CFR 2590.715–2711; 45 CFR 147.126;
and OCIIO Sub-Regulatory Guidance
(OCIIO 2010–1), September 3, 2010.
Data from the applications for waivers
described above suggest that over one
million individuals have coverage in
mini-med plans. There are little
publicly available data on these plans
because current financial reporting to
the States does not separate mini-med
experience from other experience on
which issuers report.
HHS is concerned about the
possibility of the over one million
individuals who have coverage through
mini-med plans losing that coverage.
Based on this concern and the limited
data that indicate mini-med plans may
have a higher percentage of
administrative costs due to lower claims
and quality improving activities, HHS
has decided to exercise its authority in
section 2718(c) to ‘‘take into account the
special circumstances of smaller plans,
different types of plans, and newer
plans.’’
Therefore, for the reporting year 2011,
HHS will apply a methodological
change to address the special
circumstances of mini-med plans. The
mini-med issuers, for policies that have
a total of $250,000 or less in annual
limits, will be permitted to apply an
adjustment to their reported experience
to address the unusual expense and
premium structure of these plans.
Specifically, under § 158.221(b)(3), in
the case of a plan with a total of
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
$250,000 or less in annual limits, the
total of the incurred claims and
expenditures for activities that improve
health care quality reported under
§ 158.221(b) are multiplied by a factor of
two. We believe this factor is sufficient
to account for the special circumstances
of mini-med plans based on the limited
data available.
Because little information is available
to inform this adjustment, this special
circumstances adjustment applies for
2011 only. Also, in order to determine
whether, and if so what type of, an
adjustment may be appropriate for 2012,
mini-med plans that wish to avail
themselves of this special circumstances
adjustment in § 158.221(b)(3) for 2011
will be required to report MLR data on
a quarterly schedule under § 158.110(b).
We will revisit the special filing
circumstances for mini-med plans after
reviewing the quarterly filings.
3. Newer Experience (§ 158.121)
Section 2718(c) specifically charges
the NAIC with establishing
methodologies that take into
consideration the special circumstances
of newer plans. HHS follows the NAIC’s
approach in the model regulation,
which allows an issuer to defer the
experience associated with newly
issued health insurance policies under
certain circumstances. Specifically, an
issuer may defer to the next MLR
reporting year the premium and claims
experience, as well as the life-years,
associated with policies first issued after
the start of the MLR reporting period if
these policies account for more than
half of the issuer’s experience in a
market segment for an individual State.
This condition means that more than
half of an issuer’s overall premium
revenue for a market sector within a
State would have to be from newly
issued policies that are issued after the
first of the year.
The rationale for this provision, as set
forth by the NAIC and certified and
adopted herein by HHS, has two parts:
(1) The rationale for deferring
experience under newly issued policies;
and (2) the rationale for limiting the
deferral of experience to issuers that
derive more than half of their premium
revenue from newly issued policies. The
rationale for deferring experience under
newly issued policies is that claims
experience is generally expected to be
substantially less than the premium
revenue from those policies during the
year in which the coverage is issued.
This is particularly true for policies
with substantial deductibles. Applying
the rebate provision to these policies
would create a substantial barrier to the
entry of new issuers into a market.
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
The rationale for allowing the deferral
of experience only when more than half
of the premium revenue is derived from
newly issued policies is twofold. First,
if newly issued policies account for a
small percentage of an issuer’s total
experience in a market, they would have
a very limited effect on the aggregated
MLR for an issuer. Second, the principal
purpose of allowing the deferral of
newly issued business in the MLR
calculation is to reduce barriers to
market entry. Because claims experience
is generally low compared to premiums
under newly issued policies, including
new business would generally result in
lowering an issuer’s MLR simply
because of the new business. Deferral of
reporting new business encourages
companies to enter new markets, and
new companies to enter the market.
In response to the HHS notice
requesting public comments regarding
section 2718 of the PHS Act, HHS
received comments from issuers,
consumer advocates, and providers
urging that special consideration be
given to newer plans. Reasons for this
included concern both about the effect
on the market if newer plans are not
given special consideration, and about
the impact on the reliability of reported
MLRs if newer plans’ experience is
included. HHS agrees with these
concerns and addresses them by
adopting, in § 158.121, the NAIC’s
method for recognizing the special
circumstances of issuers that have
substantial new business.
4. Premium Revenue (§ 158.130)
Section 2718(a) of the PHS Act
requires health insurance issuers to
report information concerning ‘‘earned
premium,’’ and section 2718(b) provides
that these reported data would be used
in determining rebates to enrollees.
Section 2718(c) charges the NAIC with
establishing a uniform definition of
premium revenue, subject to
certification by the Secretary. HHS is
adopting the NAIC definition of
premium revenue, as described below.
The NAIC defines ‘‘earned premium’’
as the sum of all monies paid by a
policyholder as a condition of receiving
coverage from a health insurance issuer
subject to section 2718, including any
fees or other contributions associated
with the health plan, and accounting for
unearned premiums. HHS is adopting
this NAIC approach in § 158.130(a), and
these adjustments to earned premium
are discussed below. The NAIC calls for
reporting of premium on a direct basis
as set forth in § 158.130(a)(1). Earned
premium is addressed in § 158.130 and
includes any fees or other contributions
associated with the health plan.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
Adjustments to premium revenue are
addressed in § 158.130. Unearned
premium is that portion of the premium
paid in the MLR reporting year for
coverage during a period beyond the
MLR reporting year. Any premium for a
period outside of the MLR reporting
year must not be reported in earned
premium for the MLR reporting year.
Earned premium is net of premiums
associated with group conversion
charges that the issuer collects in
connection with transfers between
group and individual lines of business.
Group conversion charges are the
portion of earned premium allocated to
providing the privilege for a certificate
holder terminated from a group health
plan to purchase individual health
insurance without providing evidence
of insurability. In addition, earned
premium excludes premium
assessments paid to or subsidies
received from Federal and State high
risk pools. High risk pool subsidies
include grants provided under section
2745 of the PHS Act. Earned premium
excludes adjustments for experience
rating refunds, as provided in
§ 158.130(b). Experience rating refunds
are retrospective premium adjustments
arising from retrospectively rated
contracts.
Earned premium is to be reported
prior to deducting premium refunds to
enrollees for health and wellness
promotion. These refunds are
considered quality improvement
expenditures, so they should not be
double counted as a reduction in
premium, as provided in
§ 158.130(b)(4).
We have adopted the NAIC’s
approach to assumption and indemnity
reinsurance, in § 158.130(a)(2) and (3).
Earned premium for policies that
originally were issued by one entity and
later assumed by another entity via
assumption reinsurance are to be
reported as direct earned premium by
the assuming entity and are to be
excluded from premium revenue
reported by the ceding entity. Similarly,
if a block of business was subject to
indemnity reinsurance and
administrative agreements effective
prior to the effective date of the
Affordable Care Act, such that the
assuming entity is responsible for 100
percent of the ceding entity’s financial
risk and takes on all of the
administration of the block, then the
assuming entity and not the ceding
entity should report the reinsured
earned premium as part of its premium
revenue.
Section 2718 makes specific reference
to ‘‘Federal and State taxes and licensing
or regulatory fees’’ in two places: First,
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74873
in the reporting requirements of
subsection (a) it excludes these items
from ‘‘all other non-claims costs’’;
second, it excludes these costs from
premium revenue in determining the
ratio of expenditures on claims and
activities to improve quality health care
to premium revenue. For reporting
purposes, therefore, taxes are excluded
from ‘‘all other non-claims costs,’’ and
are addressed in §§ 158.161 and
158.162, separate from but immediately
following the requirements set forth in
§ 158.160 related to reporting of nonclaims costs. Taxes are also discussed in
the section of this preamble describing
calculation of the MLR.
The PHS Act section 2718(a) requires
reporting of ‘‘premium revenue, after
accounting for collections or receipts for
risk adjustment and risk corridors and
payments of reinsurance.’’ Because this
language so closely parallels the three
programs added by the Affordable Care
Act (the transitional reinsurance
program established by section 1341;
the risk-corridor program established by
section 1342; and risk-adjustments
under section 1343 of the Affordable
Care Act), we interpret this requirement
as applying exclusively to payments
under those provisions, which are not
effective until 2014. HHS anticipates
providing guidance on these provisions
at a later time. Consistent with the
statute, § 158.130(b)(v) of this interim
final regulation treats payments and
collections under these provisions of the
Affordable Care Act as adjustments to
premium revenue.
In response to the HHS notice
requesting public comments regarding
section 2718 of the PHS Act, HHS
received a number of comments from
the industry regarding premium
revenue. A few industry commenters
recommended adjusting premium
revenue for the change in unearned
premium reserves. HHS agrees that
changes in unearned premium reserves
should be reflected in premium
revenue, and has provided for this in
§ 158.130(a). A few industry
commenters recommended adjusting
premium revenue for commercial
reinsurance ceded and assumed. HHS is
not adjusting premium revenue for
commercial reinsurance (with the
exception of 100 percent assumption
reinsurance) because this largely would
provide a tool for issuers to manipulate
reported premiums.
The NAIC considered allowing an
adjustment to premium for commercial
stop-loss or similar reinsurance, but
rejected allowing such adjustments. We
adopt the reasoning and
recommendation of the NAIC. The
argument for allowing such adjustments
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74874
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
for reinsurance was that it might
increase the reliability of the medical
loss ratio that is used for purposes of
calculating rebates. However, the NAIC
concluded that allowing adjustments for
reinsurance created too much of an
opportunity for manipulation of the
reported loss ratio and would require
extensive and complex regulation of the
use of reinsurance. An industry
commenter suggested subtracting
experience rating refunds from premium
revenue. The NAIC recommended, and
HHS agrees, that there should be an
adjustment for experience rating
refunds. A consumer advocate suggested
that total revenue (including investment
income) be used in place of premium
revenue, so consumers would know the
universe of funds available to be spent
on medical services. However, the
commenter points out—and both the
NAIC and we agree—that the statute
instructs issuers to report ‘‘premium
revenue’’ and not total revenue.
5. Reimbursement for Clinical Services
Provided to Enrollees (§ 158.140)
Section 2718(a)(1) of the PHS Act
requires reporting of ‘‘reimbursement for
clinical services provided to enrollees
under such coverage.’’ The Affordable
Care Act charges the NAIC with
establishing a uniform definition of
reimbursement for clinical services. The
NAIC defines reimbursement for clinical
services as direct claims paid and
incurred claims during the applicable
MLR reporting year. In this interim final
regulation, HHS is adopting this NAIC
approach, at § 158.140. The definition
and guidance regarding adjustments to
claims are discussed below.
The interim final regulation defines
incurred claims as the sum of direct
paid claims incurred in the MLR
reporting year, unpaid claim reserves
associated with claims incurred during
the MLR reporting year, the change in
contract reserves, reserves for
contingent benefits, the claim portion of
lawsuits, and any experience rating
refunds paid or received. Experience
rating refunds exclude rebates based on
an issuer’s MLR, as required by
§ 158.140. If there are any group
conversion charges for a health plan, the
conversion charges should be subtracted
from the incurred claims for the
aggregation that includes the conversion
policies, and this same amount should
be added to incurred claims for the
aggregation that provides coverage that
is intended to be replaced by the
conversion policies. Incurred claims
must not include claims recovered as a
result of fraud and abuse programs.
Treatment of the amount expended to
reduce fraudulent claims is discussed
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
below in the section regarding quality
improving activities. Additionally, if the
issuer transfers portions of earned
premium associated with group
conversion privileges between group
and individual lines of business in its
Annual Statement accounting, these
amounts should be added to or
subtracted from incurred claims.
Unpaid claims reserves are included
in incurred claims. Unpaid claim
reserves are the reserves for claims that
were incurred during the reporting
period but that had not been paid by the
date on which the report was prepared.
To minimize reliance on estimates for
the amount of the reserve, unpaid claim
reserves shall be calculated based on
claims that have been processed within
three months after the end of the MLR
reporting year. This claims collection
period provides a better estimate of
outstanding liability than the reserve
established at the end of the MLR
reporting year. Claims reserves are
included in incurred claims in order for
claims to be paid effectively and to
allow for the insurance company to
continue operating year after year.
The NAIC includes the change in
contract reserves in reimbursement for
clinical services, and HHS has followed
this approach. The NAIC and this
interim final regulation define contract
reserves as reserves that are established
which, due to the gross premium
pricing structure at the time of issue,
account for the value of the future
benefits that at any time exceeds the
value of any appropriate future
valuation of net premiums at that time.
In the early years of a new product
being introduced, reserves are
established to cover losses in the future,
but as reserves are drawn down to cover
current losses the amount collected
from reserves will be deducted from
claims. An issuer may establish contract
reserves to reduce the need to increase
premiums for a newly introduced
product as the experience under that
policy matures. As a policy matures, the
reserves that were set aside in the
beginning of the policy’s existence are
used to cover claims that are incurred in
the future.
Contract reserves must not include
premium deficiency reserves. Premium
deficiency reserves are reserves that are
established when premium is no longer
adequate to cover losses. They are
excluded because contract reserves
would provide for these future losses
over time to the extent that such losses
were anticipated and factored into the
premiums charged during the reporting
period. Contract reserves shall not
include reserves for expected MLR
rebates.
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Guidance is also provided as to types
of expenses or revenue that are to be
treated as adjustments to claims. The
NAIC recommended that prescription
drug costs should be included in
incurred claims and prescription drug
rebates should be deducted from
incurred claims. Prescription drug
rebates are rebates that pharmaceutical
companies pay to issuers based upon
the drug utilization of the issuer’s
enrollees at participating pharmacies.
We agree with the NAIC that drug
rebates should be accounted for, and
under § 158.140(b)(1)(i) we treat such
rebates as an adjustment to incurred
claims.
The NAIC allows an adjustment to
claims for State stop loss, market
stabilization, and claims/census based
assessments. HHS agrees that these
types of expenses should be allowed as
an adjustment to incurred claims. These
assessments include:
(1) Any market stabilization payments
or receipts by issuers that are directly
tied to claims incurred and other claims
based or census based assessments;
(2) State subsidies based on a stoploss payment methodology; and
(3) unsubsidized State programs
designed to address distribution of
health risks across health issuers via
charges to low risk issuers that are
distributed to high risk issuers.
The NAIC also considered but
rejected the inclusion of an adjustment
to incurred claims for so-called ‘‘large
claim pooling’’ as a means of reducing
the need for and magnitude of
credibility adjustments. NAIC rejected
large claim pooling for two reasons.
First, it would not have not addressed
the needs of issuers that either are not
part of a holding company or company
group or that are operate in a single
State. Second, it would require
extensive and complex regulations and
close oversight. We have accepted the
NAIC’s recommendations.
Incurred medical incentive pools and
bonuses to incurred claims are also
allowed as an adjustment to incurred
claims, and this is reflected in
§ 158.140(b)(2)(iii) of the interim final
regulation. Medical incentive pools are
arrangements with providers and other
risk sharing arrangements whereby the
reporting entity agrees to either share
savings or make incentive payments to
providers. These payments may not be
counted under quality improvement
expenditures.
HHS received numerous comments
from consumer groups, issuers, and
regulators regarding whether, and to
what extent, reserves should be
included in incurred claims. A
consumer advocacy group felt that only
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
paid claims should be used, arguing that
the use of actual claims paid is
reasonable because the review is
historical; this would avoid the
possibility of issuers gaming the system
by manipulating reserves. However,
several issuers and regulators support
the inclusion of unpaid claims reserves
in incurred claims. A State regulator
indicates that the advantage of such
inclusion is that it deals only with data
for the one year in which claims are
incurred, and avoids any distortion due
to possible errors in the estimate of the
unpaid claim reserve as of the beginning
of the year. The disadvantage is that the
result is unduly influenced by the
unpaid claim reserve as of the end of the
year.
HHS acknowledges the consumer
group concern for the potential that
reserves can be manipulated, and in
particular overstated, and can thus
produce a reported MLR for a given
calendar year that is higher than the true
MLR for that year. Nevertheless, over
the long run such over-reserving for one
year necessarily results in a reduction,
or ‘‘releasing,’’ of reserves in future
years. HHS concurs with the NAIC that
including contract reserves in claims is
fair to consumers over the long run, and
has adopted this approach.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
6. Activities That Improve Health Care
Quality (§§ 158.150 Through 158.151)
Section 2718(a)(2) of the PHS Act
requires health insurance issuers to
submit an annual report to the Secretary
concerning the percent of total premium
revenue that is spent on activities that
improve health care quality. Section
2718(c) of the PHS Act directs the NAIC,
subject to certification by the Secretary,
to establish uniform definitions of
activities that improve health care
quality. In developing the definition of
a quality improvement activity, the
NAIC has relied upon section 2717 of
the PHS Act. HHS concurs with the
NAIC in this approach and has followed
the recommendations of the NAIC.
Section 2717 provides for the
development of ‘‘reporting requirements
for use by a group health plan, and a
health insurance issuer offering group or
individual health insurance coverage,
with respect to plan or coverage benefits
and health care provider reimbursement
structures that—
(A) improve health outcomes through the
implementation of activities such as quality
reporting, effective case management, care
coordination, chronic disease management,
and medication and care compliance
initiatives, including through the use of the
medical homes model as defined for
purposes of section 3602 of the Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act, for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
treatment or services under the plan or
coverage;
(B) implement activities to prevent hospital
readmissions through a comprehensive
program for hospital discharge that includes
patient-centered education and counseling,
comprehensive discharge planning, and postdischarge reinforcement by an appropriate
health care professional;
(C) implement activities to improve patient
safety and reduce medical errors through the
appropriate use of best clinical practices,
evidence-based medicine, and health
information technology under the plan or
coverage; and
(D) implement wellness and health
promotion activities.
The NAIC model regulation contains
definitions of activities that improve
health care quality that track the
categories set forth in section 2717.
After considering the NAIC’s
definitions, and public comments
thereon, HHS has decided to certify and
adopt them. In addition, the NAIC
provided examples to illustrate
activities that qualify as quality
improving activities and these are also
certified and adopted in toto in this
interim final regulation. Finally, the
NAIC designated certain activities as not
qualifying as quality improving, and we
certify and adopt these exclusions as
well.
As recommended by the NAIC, this
interim final regulation allows a nonclaims expense incurred by a health
insurance issuer to be accounted for as
a quality improvement activity only if
the activity falls into one of the
categories set forth in section 2717 and
meets all of the following requirements:
(1) It must be designed to improve
health quality;
(2) It must be designed to increase the
likelihood of desired health outcomes in
ways that are capable of being
objectively measured and of producing
verifiable results and achievements;
(3) It must be directed toward
individual enrollees or incurred for the
benefit of specified segments of
enrollees or provide health
improvements to the population beyond
those enrolled in coverage as long as no
additional costs are incurred due to the
non-enrollees; and
(4) It must be grounded in evidencebased medicine, widely accepted best
clinical practice, or criteria issued by
recognized professional medical
associations, accreditation bodies,
government agencies or other nationally
recognized health care quality
organizations. These criteria are
recommended by the NAIC in its model
regulation.
In this interim final regulation HHS
recognizes that some quality
improvement activities may be what are
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74875
sometimes referred to as ‘‘populationdirected’’ and may not involve face-toface interaction between an employee of
the health insurance issuer (or a
contractor of the issuer) and the
enrollee. However, such activities must
be directed to identified segments of the
issuer’s enrollees. The issuer must be
able to measure the level of engagement
with these enrollees in addition to
tracking the effect(s) of these activities
on health outcomes in this population
through a process that is well defined,
well developed, and utilized.
Any quality improvement activity that
results in cost savings to an issuer
should not, by itself, cause expenditures
on that activity to be classified as nonquality improving expenditures, if they
meet the criteria set forth in this interim
final regulation. However, if the activity
is designed primarily to control or
contain costs, then expenditures for it
may not be included as a quality
improvement activity, as provided in
§ 158.150(d). This approach follows the
NAIC’s model regulation.
As many quality improvement
activities are fluid in nature, they may
properly be classified in more than one
quality improvement activity category.
However, following the
recommendation of the NAIC, the
interim final regulation does not permit
issuers to count any occurrence of a
quality improvement activity more than
once, as explained in § 158.170(a).
Moreover, shared expenses among
related entities as well as expenses that
are for or benefit lines of business or
products other than those being
reported, including self-funded plans,
must be apportioned among the entities
and among the lines of business or
products. For example, a quality
improvement program that is developed
and implemented for self-funded plans
and fully insured plans must be prorated among the lines of business, and
the portion of expenditures for the
program that are for the self-funded
plans may not be included in quality
improvement activities reported under
section 2718(a) of the PHS Act.
The NAIC recommended, and HHS
adopts in its entirety, the list of
activities that are not to be reported as
a quality improving activity. Section
158.150(c) sets forth types of activities
that are not to be reported as a quality
improvement activity. These include:
(1) Those activities which are
designed primarily to control or contain
costs;
(2) Concurrent and retrospective
Utilization Review;
(3) Fraud Prevention activities
(beyond the scope of those activities
which recover incurred claims);
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
74876
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(4) Development, execution, and
management of a provider network;
(5) Provider credentialing;
(6) Marketing expenses;
(7) Costs associated with calculating/
administering individual enrollee or
employee incentives;
(8) Clinical data collection without
any subsequent data analysis;
(9) Establishment and/or maintenance
of a claims adjudication system; and
(10) 24-hour customer service/or
health care professional hotline
addressing non-clinical member
questions.
HHS requested public comments
regarding the types of activities that
would improve the quality of health
care. Numerous consumer advocacy
groups, issuers, State regulators, and
other interested parties responded with
various suggestions as to the type of
activities that should be included in the
definition of quality improving
activities.
Many issuers and interest groups
advocated for a broad definition for
‘‘quality improving activities’’ that
allows for future innovations. However,
numerous providers and consumer
advocacy groups asserted that HHS
should develop a definition for ‘quality
improving activities’ that is not so broad
that issuers may improperly classify
administrative activities as improving
quality. Several commenters also
advocated for a definition that requires
issuers to clearly articulate the activity’s
purpose and to provide detailed
accounts of the underlying activity with
measurable evidence as to the effects of
the activity on the quality of care
received by enrollees.
This interim final regulation provides
a set of criteria in § 158.150 which
issuers must comply with in order for
the activity in question to be treated as
improving quality. The definition, or
foundational criteria, of a quality
improvement activity should be specific
enough so as to provide clear guidance
without overly prescribing acceptable
activities and possibly stifling future
innovative quality improving activities;
the NAIC’s definition which we have
adopted achieves these goals.
Numerous consumer groups
advocated for a definition that includes
only evidence-based quality improving
initiatives, and excludes alleged qualityimproving activities that have not been
demonstrated to improve quality. Some
consumers and providers want issuers
to provide specific data illustrating the
success of a proposed quality improving
measure prior to HHS acknowledging
the validity of such an activity. Issuers
argue, however, that imposing a specific
data requirement prior to engaging in a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
quality improvement activity will stifle
development in future innovations, as
data demonstrating the effectiveness of
such activity may not yet be available.
The NAIC recommended and HHS
agreed that, as provided in § 158.150, a
quality improvement activity is
‘‘grounded in evidence-based medicine,
widely accepted best clinical practice,
or criteria issued by recognized medical
associations, accreditation bodies,
government agencies, or other
nationally recognized health care
quality organizations.’’ This interim
final regulation further requires any
proposed quality improving activities to
be designed to improve the quality of
care received by an enrollee and capable
of being objectively measured (taking
into account the individual needs of the
patient) and of producing verifiable
results and achievements. While an
issuer does not have to present initial
evidence proving the effectiveness of a
quality improvement activity, the issuer
will have to show measurable results
stemming from the executed quality
improvement activity.
A consumer advocacy group called for
issuers to be required to spend a
specified percentage of premiums on
preventive and health-lifestyle
promotional activities. Several
interested parties, including issuers,
other interest groups and providers,
asserted that capping or limiting quality
improvement initiatives would deter
issuers from engaging in such activities.
Issuers further commented that although
these types of activities ‘‘add value to
the health care system,’’ issuers would
be deterred from engaging in such
activities if HHS limited the amount an
issuer could spend on quality improving
activities.
The Affordable Care Act does not
dictate the amount an issuer must
expend on quality improving activities,
nor did the NAIC make a
recommendation in this regard, nor does
this interim final regulation. Section
158.150 requires that a quality
improvement activity be provided by an
issuer or through a third party to whom
it delegated such responsibilities by
contract in connection with which the
issuer remains ultimately responsible
for the underlying insurance policy. In
calculating its MLR, an issuer may
allocate any percentage of its expenses
to quality improvement activities, so
long as the activities comply with the
criteria established under § 158.150.
Some industry groups argued that
network fees associated with third party
provider networks should be classified
as quality improving activities, because
they increase enrollees’ access to
providers. Consumer groups argued that
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
these fees are traditional administrative
expenses which should not be classified
as improving quality. While HHS agrees
that administrative expenses such as
network fees should not be counted as
quality improving, some traditional
administrative activities can qualify as
quality improving if they meet the
criteria set forth in § 158.150. For
example, expenses for prospective
utilization review and fraud recovery
activities up to the amount of fraudulent
claims recovered may be classified as
expenses for quality improving
activities. Prospective utilization review
is considered a quality improving
activity because it is rendered before
care is given and can help ensure that
the most appropriate medical treatment
is given in the most appropriate setting.
In contrast, the network fees associated
with third party provider networks do
not stem from a quality improving
activity and therefore only count as an
administrative expense.
Issuers pointed out that the recovery
of fraudulently paid claims reduces
their MLR. They argued, therefore, that
costs of preventing and discovering
fraud should be counted as a quality
improving activity; otherwise, there
would be a reduced incentive to incur
these costs. We agree with this concern.
The NAIC model regulation addresses
this concern by allowing fraud recovery
expenses as a quality improving activity
expense up to the amount of fraudulent
claims recovered. This treatment would
help mitigate whatever disincentive
might occur if fraud recovery expenses
were treated solely as non-claims and
non-quality improving expenses. We
adopt the NAIC’s approach.
HHS also adopts the NAIC’s
recommendation to exclude the
conversion of International
Classification of Disease code sets from
ICD–9 to ICD–10 as a quality
improvement activity with the following
qualification. As a general matter, the
development and maintenance of claims
adjudication systems are not designed
primarily to improve the quality of care
received by an individual and,
therefore, are not classified as a quality
improvement activity. However, there is
general recognition that the conversion
to ICD–10 will enhance the provision of
quality care through the collection of
better and more refined data. The
difficulty is in parsing expenses
associated with ICD–10 conversions that
may be solely ‘‘development and
maintenance of claims adjudication
systems’’ as opposed to those that are
uniquely conversion costs. As with
some other reporting categories defined
in this regulation, little public data
currently exist to guide decision making
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
regarding this distinction. Although the
NAIC excluded these costs as a quality
improving activity, the NAIC
supplemental forms allow for the
collection of data relating to the
conversion for the calendar year 2010
that will be reported in 2011. HHS
intends to examine the reported
conversion costs along with other
quality activity costs and other
administrative costs in the NAIC
supplemental form in 2011 to determine
whether the policy in this regulation
should be revisited. HHS solicits further
comments on whether ICD–10 expenses
should be included as a quality
improving activity.
Health Information Technology
(Section 158.151). Section 158.151 of
this interim final regulation provides
guidance on the use of Health
Information Technology (‘‘HIT’’) in
conjunction with quality improving
activities. Although HIT is not
specifically addressed in section 2718(a)
of the PHS Act, it is addressed in other
provisions within the Affordable Care
Act, and HHS has determined that it is
important to address HIT’s role in
quality improvement activity. HHS
recognizes HIT as its own separate
category of quality improving activities,
provided that the use of HIT meets
certain requirements. In doing so, HHS
has followed the approach of the NAIC.
HIT offers providers, issuers and
patients the capability to share clinical
information in a real-time setting. Any
HIT expenditure that is attributable to
improving health care, preventing
hospital readmissions, improving
patient safety and reducing errors, or
promoting health activities and wellness
to an individual or an identified
segment of the population, is classified
as a quality improvement activity. HIT
resources that are designed to improve
the quality of care received by an
enrollee include the provision of
electronic health records and patient
portals, as well as the monitoring,
measuring, and reporting of clinical
effectiveness measures. As indicated in
§ 158.151, HIT expenses that are
consistent with Medicare/Medicaid
meaningful use requirements may be
treated as an expenditure to improve
health care quality. This treatment of
HIT is also recommended by the NAIC.
7. Other Non-Claims Costs (§ 158.160)
The report required by section 2718(a)
of the PHS Act must include
information on expenditures for ‘‘all
other non-claims costs, including an
explanation of the nature of such costs,
and excluding Federal and State taxes
and licensing or regulatory fees.’’ ‘‘Other
non-claims costs’’ refers to expenditures
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
that are not used to adjust premiums,
incurred claims, or activities that
improve quality care. HHS interprets
this to mean that issuers must account
for the use of all premium revenue, not
just claims expenses and expenses to
improve quality. The NAIC includes in
these non-claims expenses sales
expenses, agents’ and brokers’ fees and
commissions, other taxes, community
benefit expenditures, and general
administrative expenses. HHS supports
the NAIC approach to defining nonclaims costs and has followed it in
§ 158.160 of this interim final
regulation. For example, direct sales
salaries and work force salaries and
benefits should be allocated as nonclaims costs unless a specific position
can be directly correlated with an
activity that improves health care
quality, as defined in this regulation.
The NAIC’s inclusion of ‘‘other taxes’’ as
non-claims expenses does not refer to
taxes that section 2718(a) of the PHS Act
excludes from ‘‘all other non-claims
costs’’ and which section 2718(b) allows
to be excluded from premium revenue.
Rather, ‘‘other taxes’’ refers to taxes that
may not be excluded from premium
revenue, such as taxes of a foreign
country and sales taxes (excluding State
sales taxes) if an issuer does not exercise
the option of including such taxes with
the cost of goods and services produced.
Another type of expense included in
non-claims costs is cost containment
expenses not included as an
expenditure related to a quality
improving activity under § 158.150.
Notably, in correspondence with
HHS, the NAIC raised concerns
regarding the potential impact of this
regulation on agents’ and brokers’ fees
and commissions. Some companies in
some States may be particularly reliant
on producers to distribute their
products. Agents and brokers perform a
range of functions on behalf of
consumers and companies. In some
cases, issuers may have entered into
longer term compensation arrangements
with agents and brokers which the MLR
standard may stress. The NAIC
considered, but declined to incorporate
in the model regulation, special
treatment for such expenses in the MLR
calculations. The NAIC opted instead to
establish a working group with HHS to
address the impact of the Affordable
Care Act on agents and brokers,
especially during years leading up to
2014. As discussed below, the potential
impact of the MLR standard on agents
and brokers merits recognition, and in
this regulation the impact of the MLR
standard on agents and brokers will be
a factor in considering whether a
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74877
particular individual markets would be
destabilized. HHS seeks comments on
the approach taken in this regulation
and on the issues related to agents and
brokers during years leading up to 2014.
Loss adjustment expense is part of
other non-claims costs that cannot be
excluded from premium revenue and
cannot be considered part of
reimbursement for clinical services to
enrollees or a quality improving
activity. Loss adjustment expense is
referred to as ‘‘claims adjustment
expenses’’ in the forms the NAIC has
developed for reporting by issuers.
Claims adjustment expenses are not
reported as an adjustment to premium
revenue or as an adjustment to claims.
Instead, they are expenses associated
with claims and are reported as ‘‘other
non-claims costs.’’ One type of claims
adjustment expenses is cost
containment expenses. Such expenses
reduce either the number of health
services provided or the cost of such
services. They may include: Post and
concurrent claim case management
activities associated with past or
ongoing specific care; utilization review;
detection and prevention of payment for
fraudulent requests for reimbursement;
expenses for internal and external
appeals processes; and network access
fees to preferred provider organizations
and other network-based health plans
(including prescription drug networks),
and allocated internal salaries and
related costs associated with network
development and/or provider
contracting.
Examples of other types of claims
adjustment expenses include:
Estimating the amounts of losses and
disbursing loss payments; maintaining
records, general clerical, and secretarial;
office maintenance, occupancy costs,
utilities, and computer maintenance;
supervisory and executive duties; and
supplies and postage. As previously
explained, claims adjustment expenses
are other non-claims costs.
8. Federal and State Taxes and
Licensing and Regulatory Fees
(§§ 158.161–158.162)
Section 2718 of the PHS Act requires
that Federal and State taxes and
licensing and regulatory fees be
reported. Section 2718(a) lists these
expenses as an exclusion from nonclaims costs. Section 2718(b)(1)(A)
requires that Federal and State taxes and
licensing or regulatory fees be excluded
from the total amount of premium
revenue when calculating an issuer’s
MLR. Section 2718(b)(1)(B)(i)(II) also
requires that such taxes and fees be
excluded from the total amount of
premium revenue when determining
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
74878
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
any rebates. However, section 2718 does
not specifically define what is included
in Federal and State taxes.
The NAIC defines Federal taxes as all
Federal taxes and assessments allocated
to health insurance coverage reported
under section 2718 of the PHS Act,
excluding Federal income taxes on
investment income and capital gains.
This interim final regulation adopts the
NAIC recommendation that Federal
income taxes on investment income and
capital gains are not taxes based on
premium revenues, and thus should not
be used to adjust premium revenues, as
specified in § 158.162, while all other
Federal taxes allocated to health
insurance coverage should be excluded
from non-claims costs for purposes of
the report required by section 2718.
Section 158.162 also makes clear that
Federal taxes which are excluded from
non-claims costs are to be excluded
from premium revenue when
calculating an issuer’s MLR.
We have adopted the NAIC’s
recommended approach to reporting
State taxes and assessments. State taxes
and assessments that must be separately
identified and reported to the Secretary
include: Any industry-wide (or subset)
assessments (other than surcharges on
specific claims) paid to the State
directly, or premium subsidies that are
designed to cover the costs of providing
indigent care or other access to health
care throughout the State; assessments
of State industrial boards or other
boards for operating expenses or for
benefits to sick unemployed persons in
connection with disability benefit laws
or similar taxes levied by States;
advertising required by law, regulation
or ruling, except advertising associated
with investments; State income, excise,
and business taxes other than premium
taxes; State premium taxes plus State
taxes based on policy reserves, if in lieu
of premium taxes; State sales taxes, if
the issuer does not exercise the option
of including such taxes with the cost of
goods and services purchased; and any
portion of commissions or allowances
on reinsurance assumed that represents
specific reimbursement of premium
taxes.
The NAIC has interpreted the
language in section 2718(a)(3) that refers
to ‘‘excluding Federal and State taxes
and licensing or regulatory fees’’ from
non-claims costs as encompassing the
community benefit expenditures by notfor-profit health plans that they are
required to make in lieu of State and
Federal taxes. As discussed below, we
adopt the NAIC’s approach.
Under the NAIC’s recommendation,
‘‘community benefit expenditures’’ are
limited to expenditures that the non-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
profit issuer is required to make under
State law in lieu of State taxes that
would otherwise apply, or that the
Federal government requires them to
make in order to preserve their Federal
tax exempt status, and that they report
to the Federal government. The
proceeds of such expenditures fund
activities or programs that seek to
achieve the objectives of improving
access to health services, enhancing
public health and relief of government
burden.
Under the NAIC’s interpretation,
these mandated community benefit
expenditures are essentially deemed to
be the equivalent of State and Federal
taxes for non-profit issuers for purposes
of the exclusion in section 2718(a)(3).
The NAIC recommended that non-profit
issuers be permitted to report
community benefit expenditures as a
deduction from premium revenue, and
further recommended that they be
permitted to split such expenditures
between Federal and State taxes as
applicable, but not to report them more
than once.
HHS believes that NAIC’s
interpretation avoids an inequity
between for-profit and non-profit plans,
and that it is reasonable to interpret
community benefit expenditures by
non-profits that they are required by the
State or Federal government to make as
the equivalent of taxes for purposes of
the exclusion in section 2718(a)(3).
Thus, in § 158.162(c) and (e), HHS has
adopted the NAIC’s approach and
allows such mandatory community
benefit expenditures by not-for-profit
plans, made in lieu of income taxes, to
be excluded from premium revenue to
the same extent as State taxes. In order
to implement the NAIC-recommended
approach that community benefit
expenditures may be split between
Federal and State taxes as applicable,
§ 158.162(e) of this interim final
regulation provides that the NAIC’s
approach applies equally to Federal and
to State taxes, and that community
benefit expenditures made in lieu of
income taxes, whether Federal or State,
may be reported as a deduction from
premium revenue.
A commenter representing not-forprofit plans asserted that community
benefit expenditures should be more
broadly recognized in the MLR
calculation, and not be limited to the
amount required to be paid in lieu of
taxes. This commenter pointed out that
not all States impose a premium tax,
that the amount of premium tax varies
among States, and that the NAIC rule
would discourage not-for-profits from
making these contributions to the
community.
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Although the NAIC did not recognize
community benefit expenditures beyond
the amount of taxes that would have
been paid, we share the concern that the
MLR standard should not create a
disincentive for not-for-profits to make
community benefit expenditures beyond
those required in lieu of taxes. Thus, we
invite comments on the proper
treatment of community benefit
expenses.
The NAIC defines and specifies the
licensing and regulatory fees that must
be reported and whether they may be
included as an adjustment to premium
revenue. In § 158.161, we adopted the
NAIC approach under which statutory
assessments to defray operating
expenses of any State or Federal
department, and examination fees in
lieu of premium taxes as specified by
State law are included in the licensing
and regulatory fees that may be used as
an adjustment to premium revenue.
HHS believes that, consistent with the
Affordable Care Act, examination fees
under State law should also be included
as an adjustment to premium revenue,
and § 158.161 of the interim final
regulation has such a provision. Fines
and penalties of regulatory authorities
and fees for examinations by State and
Federal departments other than
referenced above must be separately
reported, but may not be used as an
adjustment to premium revenue.
9. Allocation of Expenses (§ 158.170)
Section 2718(a)(3) of the PHS Act
requires health insurance issuers to
submit an annual report to the Secretary
concerning the percentage of total
premium revenue spent ‘‘on all other
non-claims costs, including an
explanation of the nature of such costs,
and excluding Federal and State taxes
and licensing or regulatory fees.’’
However, section 2718(a) does not
provide a standardized method for
allocating such expenditures. Section
2718(c) directs the NAIC to develop
definitions and methodologies, which
are subject to the certification of the
Secretary, to assist issuers in reporting
the information stipulated under section
2718(a). The NAIC’s model regulation
and this interim final regulation require
issuers to report their expenses by State
and by line of business. Section 158.170
of this interim final regulation addresses
the allocation of claims and non-claim
related expenses as well as expenses
stemming from quality improving
activities. Issuers operating within the
individual market, small group market,
and large group market who also offer
products, such as Medicare
supplemental insurance, or services,
such as administration of group health
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
plans, must report and properly allocate
all related expenses stemming from each
individual line of business.
There are several different methods
for allocating costs incurred by health
issuers allowable under statutory
accounting principles. The NAIC model
regulation requires issuers to allocate
costs consistent with these principles.
HHS has therefore not prescribed a
standardized method for allocating costs
beyond the allocation method
designated in § 158.170. All costs
reported by issuers must be allocated
according to generally accepted
accounting methods that yield the most
accurate results and are well
documented. An issuer’s allocation
method must illustrate the costs
associated with a specific activity and
any resulting effect the activity has had
on a particular line of business. Section
158.170(d) further provides that issuers
must maintain records containing an
explanation of all incurred expenditures
allocated as non-claims costs and
quality improving activities. If the
expense is related to a specific activity,
the allocation of such expenditure must
be on a direct basis. If an expense is not
easily attributable to a specific activity,
then the expenses must be apportioned
based on pertinent factors or ratios, such
as studies of employment activities,
salary ratios or similar analyses. Section
158.170(b) provides that any shared
expenses between two or more affiliated
entities must be ‘‘apportioned pro rata to
the entities incurring the expense’’ even
if the expense has been paid solely by
one of the incurring entities.
Each expense that is allocated by an
issuer for each State in which it is
licensed to conduct an insurance
business must be appropriately
attributed using a generally accepted
accounting method to each line of
business in each State, as designated in
§ 158.170(b). However, all Federal taxes
paid by a health insurance issuer must
be attributed proportionately and
appropriately to each State in which the
issuer reports. While Federal taxes are
not typically allocated to health
insurance issuers on a State-by-State
basis, for purposes of complying with
the reporting requirements in § 158.110
all health insurance issuers are required
to report some percentage of Federal
taxes paid on their behalf.
HHS received a number of comments
regarding allocation issues in response
to the April Federal Register
solicitation. Several State regulators and
issuers noted that issuers currently have
considerable flexibility in establishing
and utilizing product and State-by-State
allocation methods and that such
flexibility should be maintained.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
Numerous regulators and issuers also
advocated for allowing multiple
methods of approved allocation,
including the current financial reporting
requirements provided by statutory
accounting principles. A few State
regulators, medical providers and other
interested parties called for a
standardized methodology for allocating
administrative and quality improvement
expenses among States and lines of
business. In contrast, issuers stated that
a revamped reporting methodology
would be costly, administratively
burdensome and less efficient in
distinguishing a subcontractor’s medical
versus administrative expenses. A few
industry groups also indicated that HHS
should not develop an allocation
methodology that is inflexible and
inconsistent with current statutory
accounting requirements and the
accounting guidance provided under
generally accepted accounting
principles.
The NAIC did not mandate the use of
a specific methodology for apportioning
non-claims costs to health insurance
issuers. Section 158.170 adopts this
flexible approach and requires health
insurance issuers to explain how
premium revenue is used to pay for
non-claims expenditures (as provided
for in § 158.160). Health insurance
issuers are required to allocate their
non-claims and quality improving
expenses on a State-by-State basis, and
further allocate such expenses to each
line of business within a State, as stated
in § 158.170. If an expense is
attributable to a specific activity, then
an issuer should allocate the expense to
that particular activity. However, if it is
not feasible for an issuer to allocate such
expenditure to a specific activity, then
the issuer must apportion the costs
using a generally accepted accounting
method that yields the most accurate
results. Each reporting health insurance
issuer must identify in its required
report under § 158.110 the specific basis
used to allocate to each State its
reported expenses, and within each
State, to each line of business which the
issuer operates. HHS believes that a
clear allocation method for all expenses
stemming from services provided by
issuers includes allocation to each line
of business as designated in
§ 158.170(c). This level of detailed
expense reporting is crucial in order to
verify that issuers are properly
allocating and reporting such expenses.
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74879
D. Subpart B—Calculating and
Providing the Rebate
1. Applicable MLR Standard and States
With Higher MLR Standards
(§§ 158.210–158.211)
Section 158.210 mirrors PHS Act
section 2718(b)(1)(A)(i) and (ii) by
stating the general requirement that
issuers must provide their enrollees a
rebate if their MLR is less than 85
percent in the large group market or less
than 80 percent in the small group
market and individual market. While
explained in greater detail in
subsequent sections of Subpart B of this
interim final regulation, this means that
issuers must spend at least 85 or 80
percent, respectively, of each premium
dollar, as adjusted for taxes and
regulatory and licensing fees, on
reimbursement for clinical services
provided to enrollees and activities that
improve health care quality.
Additionally, § 158.210 acknowledges
that the Secretary may, in her
discretion, adjust the MLR standard that
applies in the individual market in a
State if the Secretary determines, upon
application by the State, that the
application of the 80 percent MLR may
destabilize the individual market in
such State. The requirements related to
that statutory provision are delineated
in Subpart C of this interim final
regulation.
Section 158.211 provides that in
States that have established under State
law a higher MLR standard than that
prescribed by section 2718, such higher
percentage applies to issuers in that
State and should be substituted for the
percentages set forth in § 158.210. In
States that have established, under State
law, a lower MLR standard than that of
section 2718, the higher percentage set
forth in section 2718 applies to issuers.
2. Calculating an Issuer’s MLR
(§§ 158.220 Through 158.221)
The NAIC model regulation addresses
the calculation of an issuer’s MLR, and
HHS has certified and adopted the
NAIC’s uniform definitions and
methodologies. The NAIC, in its model
regulation, combines calculating the
MLR with instructions related to how an
issuer should aggregate data in certain
instances, such as in connection with
employer groups with blended rates,
newer experience (deferring reporting of
business with less than 12 months’
experience), and other related issues
such as a credibility, or statistical
adjustment for smaller issuers. The
requirements for reporting data and
handling special circumstances, such as
group policies with blended rates, minimed plans, expatriate plans, and issuers
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
74880
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
with newer experience, are set forth in
Subpart A of this interim final
regulation. These special circumstances
are discussed in section II.B of the
preamble.
Sections 158.220 and 158.221 of this
interim final regulation contain the
instructions for calculating an issuer’s
MLR for each MLR reporting year for
purposes of determining whether any
rebate is owed and, if so, in what
amount. In the 2013 MLR reporting
year, an issuer’s MLR is calculated using
the data for a three-year period,
consisting of the MLR reporting year
whose MLR is being calculated, and the
data for the two prior MLR reporting
years. Numerous commenters strongly
support the use of a three year, rolling
average MLR calculation in determining
rebates, and some also support
beginning it with the first MLR
reporting year, or 2011. One commenter
questioned whether the three year MLR
was based on averaging three different
one-year MLR values or based on
accumulating experiences over the
three-year period and calculating an
MLR for that three-year period. The
Department adopts the recommendation
that the data should consist of the
accumulated experience, rather than the
average three MLRs.
For the 2011 and 2012 MLR reporting
years, there will not be sufficient data
reported to use a three-year average. The
NAIC has addressed this in its model
regulation, and in § 158.220(b), HHS has
adopted the NAIC’s approach. For the
2011 MLR reporting year, an issuer’s
MLR will be calculated using only the
data reported for the 2011 MLR
reporting year. For the 2012 MLR
reporting year, the data that should be
used in calculating an issuer’s MLR
depends in part upon whether the
issuer’s experience is credible. Credible
experience refers to whether an issuer
insures a sufficiently large number of
lives to be statistically valid, and is
defined and discussed later in this
preamble. If an issuer’s experience for
the 2012 MLR reporting year is fully
credible, then its MLR for that year is
calculated using only the data reported
for the 2012 MLR reporting year. If an
issuer’s experience for the 2012 MLR
reporting year is partially credible or
non-credible, then its MLR is calculated
using the data reported for both the
2011 and 2012 MLR reporting years. To
prevent double counting, an adjustment
will be made to incurred claims when
any rebate owed for the 2012 and 2013
MLR reporting years is calculated using
data from 2011 or 2012, as provided in
§ 158.221(b)(1).
With respect to the issue of which
portions of the data reported by an
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
issuer are to be used to determine the
numerator of the MLR and which
portions of the data reported are to be
used to determine the denominator of
the MLR, the numerator equals the
issuer’s incurred claims and
expenditures for activities that improve
health care quality, and the reporting of
data for these categories of expenses is
detailed in §§ 158.140, 158.150 and
158.151. As discussed above, Section
158.221(b)(3) provides, for 2011 only, in
the case of a mini-med plan reporting
separately under § 158.120(d)(3) and an
expatriate plan reporting separately
under § 158.120(d)(4), that the
numerator amount specified in
§ 158.221(b) shall be multiplied by a
factor of two. The purpose of this
adjustment is to recognize the ‘‘special
circumstances’’ applicable to these plans
by restating claims and quality
improvement expense (if any)
associated with these types of plans so
that they are commensurate with the
higher administrative expenses of these
plans relative to premium. These types
of plans are discussed at greater length
under Subpart A.
The denominator of the MLR equals
the issuer’s premium revenue minus the
issuer’s Federal and State taxes and
licensing and regulatory fees. The
reporting of data for premium revenue
is detailed in § 158.130 and the
reporting of data regarding Federal and
State taxes and licensing and regulatory
fees is set forth in §§ 158.161 and
158.162. Section 2718(b)(1)(A) also
provides that the total amount of
premium revenue used for the
denominator of the MLR shall take into
account payments or receipts for risk
adjustment, risk corridors, and
reinsurance. However, in the reporting
requirements related to premium
revenue in § 158.130, the Department
has provided that the premium revenue
reported be adjusted for these types of
payments or expenses. Because these
issues have been addressed in the cited
earlier sections of this interim final
regulation, there is no need to address
them again in § 158.221 regarding the
calculation of an issuer’s MLR.
This interim final regulation also
provides that an issuer’s MLR must be
rounded to the nearest one-tenth of one
percentage point, after dividing the
numerator by the denominator when
calculating the MLR. HHS has adopted
the NAIC’s approach in this regard.
3. Credibility Adjustment (§§ 158.230–
158.232)
Section 2718(c) of the PHS Act
charges the NAIC with developing
uniform methodologies for calculating
measures of the expenditures that make
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
up the MLR calculation, and provides
that ‘‘such methodologies shall be
designed to take into account the special
circumstances of smaller plans, different
types of plans, and newer plans.’’ To
address the special circumstances of
smaller plans, the NAIC model
regulation allows smaller plans to adjust
their MLRs by applying a so-called
‘‘credibility adjustment.’’ HHS adopts
this method of ‘‘credibility adjustment’’
in § 158.230.
A credibility adjustment is a method
to address the impact of claims
variability on the experience of smaller
plans. All issuers experience some
random claims variability, where actual
claims experience deviates from
expected claims experience. In a health
plan with a large customer base the
impact of such random deviations is
less than in plans with fewer insureds.
One source of variability is the impact
of large claims, which are infrequent,
but have greater impact on financial
experience than average or typical
claims. Large claims have a
disproportionate impact on small plans
because the higher claim cost is spread
across a smaller premium base. These
random variations in the claims
experience for enrollees in a smaller
plan may cause an issuer’s reported
MLR to be below or above the statutory
standard in any particular year, even
though the issuer estimated in good
faith that the combination of the
premium it projected it would collect
and the claims it projected would
produce an MLR that meets the
statutory standard.
The credibility adjustment is a
method to address the problem
associated with this random variation. A
credibility adjustment serves to modify
the reported MLR of an issuer by adding
to the reported percentage additional
percentage points in recognition of the
statistical unreliability of the reported
number. A number of stakeholders in
the NAIC proceedings have supported
credibility adjustments in concept,
including the American Academy of
Actuaries and a number of the consumer
representatives to the NAIC.
In evaluating the desirability of
including a credibility adjustment, it is
important to emphasize that health
insurance rates are the product of
assumptions, estimates, and projections,
and not of calculations based entirely on
hard data. When an actuary projects that
the rate it has calculated will produce
an 80 percent MLR, whether in fact it
will produce an 80 percent MLR
depends on whether the assumptions
the actuary has made—such as those
concerning the mix of business it will
attract, the intensity and frequency with
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
which its insureds will use health care
services, and unit costs—turn out to be
correct. All things being equal, it is
more likely that those assumptions will
turn out to be correct when an issuer
insures a large number of risks rather
than a small number.
Credibility adjustments have
advantages and disadvantages. Issuers
benefit from credibility adjustments
because such adjustments—and thus the
ability to report a higher MLR than what
the issuer’s MLR would be using the
methodology that applies to other
plans—make it less likely that an issuer
will be required to pay a rebate. For
consumers, on the other hand,
credibility adjustments eliminate some
rebates that would otherwise have been
paid.
In general, the smaller the size of the
insured population whose experience is
used to calculate the MLR, the more
variable the reported MLR will be.
Statistical analysis conducted for the
NAIC by an independent actuarial
consulting firm based on historical data
for companies offering coverage in the
group and individual markets examined
the statistical variation that would be
expected in reported MLR. The
consultants concluded that if a company
estimates that its premium will produce
an MLR of 80 percent, random variation
would cause the company to pay a
rebate of:
• 0.9 percent or more in 1 out of
every 4 years if it insures 75,000 lives,
• 2.6 percent or more in 1 out of
every 4 years if it insures 10,000 lives,
and
• 8.8 percent or more in 1 out of
every 4 years if it insures only 1,000
lives.
After extensive analysis and public
discussion, the NAIC adopted a
credibility adjustment table designed to
result in an issuer that charges
premiums intended to produce an 80
percent MLR to pay a rebate less than
25 percent of the time. Toward the
conclusion of its public proceedings on
these issues, the NAIC gave some
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
consideration to setting the base
credibility factors so that such an issuer
would be required to pay a rebate less
than ten percent of the time. The
credibility factors in that case would
have been roughly twice as large as the
factors the NAIC adopted. The argument
made in favor of making this change is
that it would reduce the likelihood of
requiring a plan to pay a rebate simply
because of chance variation in claims
experience. However, it would also have
increased the likelihood that a plan
setting premiums to achieve an MLR
that is less than the applicable MLR
standard would avoid paying a rebate,
and it would have reduced the size of
the rebates that plans pricing below the
MLR standard would have to pay. The
NAIC concluded, and HHS agrees, that
the credibility factors it adopted more
equitably balance the consumers’
interest in requiring plans that should
pay rebates to pay rebates against the
issuers’ interest in minimizing the risk
of paying rebates as a result of chance
variations.
HHS adopts the NAIC credibility
adjustment methodology in § 158.230.
The NAIC recommends that the
credibility factors be evaluated and
updated as the Affordable Care Act
reforms are implemented over the next
several years. HHS concurs with this
recommendation and notes its intention
both to monitor the effects of the
credibility adjustment and, as
appropriate, to update the credibility
adjustment method.
This interim final regulation adopts
the approach taken by the NAIC by, in
§ 158.230(c)(3), designating as ‘‘noncredible’’ any reported MLR that is
based on experience from fewer than
1,000 life-years. Thus, § 158.240(a)(1)
provides that issuers with non-credible
experience do not owe rebates because
there is no valid data to determine that
the issuer has failed to meet the MLR
standard.
This interim final regulation also
adopts the NAIC’s assumption that
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74881
variations of less than approximately
one percent are reasonably to be
expected based on ordinary variation in
claims experience of very large plans.
The experience of such plans is ‘‘fully
credible,’’ and such a plan therefore
should be required to pay a rebate based
on its reported MLR. The model
regulation designates as ‘‘fully credible’’
any reported MLR that is based on
experience from 75,000 or more lifeyears, and this definition is adopted, as
provided in § 158.230(b)(1) of this
interim final regulation.
The NAIC model regulation provides
that a reported MLR that is based on
experience from 1,000 to 75,000 lifeyears is ‘‘partially credible’’ and entitled
to a credibility adjustment, as stated in
§ 158.230(b)(2) of the interim final
regulation. The magnitude of the
‘‘credibility adjustment’’ for ‘‘partially
credible’’ aggregations is intended to
represent the amount by which an
issuer’s reported MLR would be
expected to vary as a result of random
variation in claims experience. Under
the credibility provisions of the NAIC
model regulation, which HHS adopts in
§ 158.232 of the interim final regulation,
the ‘‘credibility adjustment’’ for a
specific issuer is the product of two
components: A ‘‘base credibility factor,’’
determined by the number of life-years
of experience used to calculate the
issuer’s reported MLR; and a
‘‘deductible factor,’’ determined by the
average deductible of the policies whose
experience went into the reported MLR.
The credibility adjustment will be
added to the reported MLR, as provided
in § 158.221(a), before calculating
rebates. As stated above, the credibility
adjustment applies to partially credible
issuers.
The base credibility factor
recommended by the NAIC is based on
an actuarial analysis of anticipated
claims experience. The results of this
analysis are summarized in Table 1,
below.
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74882
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
a low deductible policy, even if the
premium they establish is set to achieve
the MLR required by section 2718.
Therefore, the deductible factor takes
into account greater variability among
high deductible plans. The deductible
factors recommended by the NAIC are
shown in Table 2.
Under the NAIC model regulation, an
issuer would use the deductible factors
from Table 2 to determine a deductible
factor for the average deductible of the
coverage whose experience was used to
calculate the reported MLR. The factors
included in Table 2 were developed by
the actuarial consultants to the NAIC
using methods consistent with
standards of professional actuarial
practice.
NAIC methodology uses ‘‘linear
interpolation’’ to determine life year
factors for experience between the life
year categories in table 1. HHS adopts
this methodology in § 158.230. When
the number of life-years reported by an
issuer falls between two numbers on
Table 1, the base credibility factor is
calculated by first determining where,
by percentage of the difference between
those two numbers, the reported
number of lives falls. Thus if Issuer X
reports 4,000 life-years, its number of
life-years falls 60 percent of the way
between 2,500 and 5,000. To calculate
the interpolated adjustment factor it is
necessary to determine the base
credibility factor for the number of lives
60 percent of the way between 2,500
and 5,000. Therefore, this percentage is
multiplied by the difference between
the base credibility factor corresponding
to the number of life-years on Table 1;
0.60 × (.052¥.037) = .009. To find the
base credibility factor, this amount is
then subtracted from the factor
corresponding to the lower number of
lives on Table 1. Thus, 0.052 ¥ .09 is
equal to .043, which is the base
credibility factor for an issuer covering
4,000 lives.
The deductible factor is based on the
average deductible of all policies whose
experience is included in the reported
MLR. When the average deductible is
greater than $2,500 and is between two
of the deductible categories shown in
Table 2, the NAIC model regulation
calls for the deductible adjustment to be
calculated by linear interpolation. In
§ 158.232 of this interim final
regulation, HHS adopts the
methodology using linear interpolation.
The NAIC specifies that the number of
life-years used to calculate the base
credibility factor matches the number of
life-years that comprise an issuer’s
experience as reported under subpart A.
HHS adopts this approach in § 158.231.
An issuer’s credibility adjustment for
the 2011 MLR reporting year is based on
the life-years and weighted-average
deductible for the 2011 MLR reporting
year. An issuer’s 2012 MLR reporting
year credibility adjustment is based on
experience from the 2012 MLR reporting
year, unless issuer experience for 2012
is less than 75,000 life-years. In that
circumstance, the 2012 MLR reporting
year experience is combined with 2011
MLR reporting year experience to
calculate the 2012 credibility
adjustment.
An issuer’s credibility adjustment for
2013 is based on three years’
experience, comprised of the current
MLR reporting year and the two
previous MLR reporting years. In 2013,
an issuer is not eligible for a credibility
adjustment if (1) the MLR (prior to any
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
ER01DE10.063
which means that high cost claims
represent a much larger portion of the
total claims experience in a higher
deductible policy than in a lower
deductible policy. As a result, issuers
who write a small number of high
deductible policies are more likely to
report a low MLR than an issuer who
covers the same number of lives under
ER01DE10.062
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
The deductible factor recommended
by the NAIC is also based on the
independent actuarial consulting firm’s
analysis. It is intended to recognize that
the variability of claims experience is
greater under health insurance policies
with higher deductibles than under
policies with lower deductibles. Few
people incur claims above $10,000,
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
credibility adjustment) in each of the
three MLR reporting years was below
the MLR standard for each year, and (2)
each of the three MLR reporting years
included 1,000 life-years or more. This
exception prevents issuers from
receiving a credibility adjustment when
the issuer consistently sets its prices to
produce an MLR below the statutory 80
percent MLR standard.
In responding to HHS’s request for
comments, many issuers, industry
associations, and State departments of
insurance emphasize that to avoid
requiring issuers to pay rebates due to
statistical variations, rather than due to
their underlying pricing and benefits
structure, it is important to assess MLRs
on sufficient numbers of lives for
statistical credibility. Commenters also
argue that requiring issuers to pay
rebates when statistical variations lead
to surpluses (low MLRs) but requiring
issuers to absorb losses when statistical
variations lead to losses (high MLRs)
will lead to product volatility, market
exit, and inadequate levels of surplus to
ensure solvency. HHS agrees that
rebates should be based on the
underlying premium pricing, rather
than chance variation in claims
experience. But as noted above, any
credibility adjustment can also serve to
deprive insureds of rebates to which
they would otherwise be entitled under
the Affordable Care Act. HHS has
concluded that the NAIC credibility
adjustment methodology provides an
acceptable balance between the interests
issuers have in not paying rebates when
a low MLR is the result of ordinary
variation in claims experience, and the
interests consumers have in receiving
rebates when issuers provide coverage
and establish prices that do not result in
MLRs, and therefore the value, required
by the Affordable Care Act.
4. Rebating Premium if MLR Standard
Not Met (§ 158.240)
Section 158.240, subsections (a), (b)
and (c), delineates the general
requirement regarding rebates, the
calculation of the rebate amount, and
the time frame for payment of any rebate
that may be due. Section 158.240(a)
simply provides that if an issuer does
not meet the applicable MLR standard
set forth in § 158.210 and, if applicable,
§ 158.211, then the issuer must provide
a rebate to each enrollee unless the
issuer has too little experience to
calculate a reliable MLR. As discussed
above, because an issuer that has fewer
than 1,000 covered lives does not have
sufficiently credible data to determine
that the MLR standard has not been met,
a non-credible issuer is not required to
pay any rebates.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
Section 158.240 explains the amount
of the rebate due to enrollees. The
Affordable Care Act provides a rebate
that is the amount by which the
applicable MLR standard exceeds the
issuer’s actual MLR multiplied by ‘‘the
total amount of premium revenue
(excluding Federal and State taxes and
licensing or regulatory fees and after
accounting for payments or receipts for
risk adjustment, risk corridors, and
reinsurance * * *).’’ This language
describing premium revenue as the
premium paid minus taxes and other
adjustments is the same as statutory
language describing the denominator of
the MLR. The NAIC model regulation
matches the statutory methodology, and
HHS adopts this methodology.
Therefore, the rebate paid to each
enrollee is based on the earned
premium paid by or on behalf of the
enrollee minus taxes and other
permissible adjustments.
The Affordable Care Act requires the
issuer to ‘‘provide an annual rebate to
each enrollee under such coverage, on a
pro rata basis.’’ The NAIC determined,
and the Department concurs, that this
requirement is most simply met by
requiring the rebate returned to the
enrollee to be proportional to the
amount of premium paid by or on behalf
of the enrollee. As noted above, the total
rebate owed by the issuer is required, by
statute, to be a percentage of the issuer’s
total earned premium. An individual
who was covered by an issuer for only
three months would have paid
substantially less than an individual
who was covered by the issuer for the
entire MLR reporting year. It would be
unfair to pay both individuals the same
dollar rebate. Similarly, an individual or
group that purchases coverage from the
issuer that has a higher deductible but
lower premium should not receive the
same dollar rebate as an individual or
group that paid a higher premium for a
product with a lower deductible. The
rebate paid to a policyholder or enrollee
would be based upon the amount of
premium paid minus taxes and other
permissible adjustments, multiplied by
the amount by which the issuer MLR is
below the applicable MLR standard; the
result is the actual rebate.
For example, take an issuer who owes
a five percent rebate to its enrollees in
the individual market. An enrollee may
have paid $2,000 in premiums for the
MLR reporting year. If the Federal and
State taxes and licensing and regulatory
fees that may be excluded from
premium revenue as provided in
§§ 158.161(a), 158.162(a)(1) and
158.162(b)(1) are $150 for a premium of
$2,000, then the issuer would subtract
$150 from premium revenue, for a base
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74883
of $1,850 in premium. The enrollee
would be entitled to a rebate of five
percent of $1,850, or $92.50.
Section 158.240(d) requires issuers to
provide any rebates that are due no later
than August 1 following the end of the
MLR reporting year. Since the report is
due by June 1 of the year following the
MLR reporting year, this allows issuers
two full months (a) to provide any
rebate that may be due, (b) for the group
market, to notify their employer clients
to arrange for the distribution of the
rebates, if applicable, and (c) to prepare
and send the notice of rebate that is
required by § 158.250.
5. Form of Rebate (§ 158.241)
While the NAIC model regulation
does not specifically address some of
the administrative details of section
2718(b)(1)(A) of the PHS Act, which
requires an issuer offering group or
individual health insurance coverage to
provide an annual rebate to each
enrollee if the issuer’s MLR is less than
the statutory minimum, the NAIC
advisory group’s proposals in this
regard have been adopted. The statute
does not specify the particular form of
rebate that is to be provided to
enrollees. For example, must the rebate
be provided in the form of cash or
check, or may it be provided through a
credit to premium? Does the
requirement differ based on whether the
enrollee to whom a rebate is owed is a
current or former enrollee? Section
158.241 of this interim final regulation
addresses the method by which an
issuer must provide any rebate owing to
enrollees and the issuer has the choice
as to form of the rebate for then-current
enrollees but not for former enrollees,
who must receive an actual payment.
Several commenters addressed the
administrative expenses involved in
distributing rebates. Although the NAIC
model regulation does not specifically
address the form in which an issuer
must disburse rebates, an NAIC advisory
group suggested that an issuer should be
able to choose whether to disburse
rebate payments to current enrollees as
a premium credit or a cash lump sum.
The NAIC advisory group also proposed
that an issuer should have to disburse
rebate checks to former enrollees. HHS
considered the comments it received
and has concluded that the proposals
made by the NAIC advisory group may
reduce the administrative burden felt by
an issuer in providing rebates to its
enrollees.
Section 158.241(a) of this interim
final regulation thus states that an issuer
may choose to provide current enrollees
with a rebate in the form of a premium
credit (i.e., reduction in a premium
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74884
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
owed), lump-sum check, or, if an
enrollee paid by credit card or debit
card, by lump-sum reimbursement to
the same account that the enrollee used
to pay the premium. We believe that
this ensures that enrollees receive any
rebate owing while giving issuers the
ability to provide the rebate in a way
that has the least administrative burden.
If an issuer chooses to provide a
premium credit to a recipient, the issuer
must apply the full amount of the rebate
owing to the first premium due on or
after August 1. If the rebate exceeds the
amount of the first premium due on or
after August 1, the issuer must apply
any overage to succeeding premium
payments until the entire rebate has
been credited. With respect to rebates
owing to former enrollees, § 158.241(b)
requires the rebate to be made in a
lump-sum, but allows an issuer the
flexibility to provide it by check or
using the same method that was used
for payment of the premium, such as
credit card or debit card. Regardless of
the method used to pay rebates, all
enrollees eligible for rebates must be
notified as required by § 158.250.
6. Recipients of Rebates (§ 158.242)
Section 2718(b) requires an issuer to
provide a rebate to each enrollee on a
pro rata basis if the issuer has not met
the applicable MLR standard. However,
it does not prescribe how rebates must
be distributed. This interim final
regulation establishes methods for
distributing rebates that are efficient and
cost-effective, and that ensure that
enrollees receive any rebate to which
they may be entitled.
The NAIC, in an Issue Resolution
Document on which it did not vote,
discussed that the rebates should be
provided to the group policyholder and
that the group policyholder should be
advised that enrollees may have a claim
to some or all of the rebate to the extent
that they have contributed to the
premium. Numerous commenters also
suggested that any rebate should go to
the company or person who actually
paid the premium, and not to the
enrollee. They point out that under a
group policy the employer often pays a
portion, or even all, of the premium. In
addition, when an employee pays a
portion of the premium, it is generally
the employee and not every enrollee in
the employee’s family who makes
payment. This concept applies in the
individual market as well; it is often one
family member who pays the premium
on behalf of all enrollees in the family.
The Department agrees with the NAIC’s
and the commenters’ concerns. A
technical reading of section
2718(b)(1)(A) requires that the rebate
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
shall be provided ‘‘to each enrollee
under such coverage, on a pro rata
basis.’’ However, the purpose of the
section 2718 is to ensure that value is
achieved for the premium paid. It would
frustrate the purpose of the section to
deprive those who actually paid
premiums of the rebate, and to instead
provide a windfall to those who did not
pay premiums with the ‘‘value’’ that was
returned by the issuer. Consistent with
the NAIC discussion, HHS therefore
interprets this provision as requiring
any rebate be provided on a pro rata
basis to the person or entity that paid
the premium on behalf of the enrollee.
This requirement is addressed in
§ 158.242.
Several comments HHS received in
response to its April request for
information pertaining to this regulation
also pointed out that group
policyholders may be in a better
position to determine the rebate amount
each individual enrollee should receive.
They suggested that issuers be permitted
to pay rebates to group policyholders for
distribution to enrollees. The
Department agrees that group
policyholders and subscribers are in a
better position than issuers to fairly
distribute rebates to individual enrollees
given that it is the group policyholders
and subscribers, and not the issuers,
who know the extent to which the
enrollees made the original premium
payments. However, the statute
provides that it is the issuer’s obligation
to provide the rebate, if any.
HHS has adopted an approach which
satisfies both the statutory requirement
that an issuer provide any rebates and
the practical reality that group
policyholders and subscribers are in a
better position to distribute any rebates.
Section 158.242 of this interim final
regulation allows an issuer to enter into
an agreement with a group policyholder
to distribute the rebates on behalf of the
issuer. HHS invites public comment on
to whom rebates should be paid.
The regulation specifies that,
regardless of whether an issuer provides
rebates to enrollees directly or indirectly
through a group policyholder, an issuer
must take steps to ensure that each
enrollee receives a rebate that is
proportional to the amount of premium
paid by that enrollee and that the group
policyholder does not retain more of the
rebate than is proportional to the
amount of premium it paid.
Therefore, this interim final
regulation allows an issuer to delegate
its rebate distribution functions to a
group policyholder, but provides that
the issuer remains liable for complying
with all of its obligations under the
statute and maintains records received
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
from the group policyholder
demonstrating that rebates were
accurately distributed.
7. De Minimis Rebates (§ 158.243)
Although the NAIC model regulation
does not specifically address de
minimis rebate payments because the
distribution of rebates was outside the
scope of the NAIC’s statutory mandate,
an NAIC actuarial subgroup suggested
that issuers should not be required to
provide rebates in minimal amounts
that are largely of symbolic value. It
argued that setting the minimum
threshold somewhere in the range of $1
to $20 should be sufficient to avoid
requiring largely symbolic rebates to
enrollees. HHS agrees with this
approach.
Section 2718(b) is also silent on the
subject of whether there is a de minimis
amount below which issuers need not
pay a rebate to an enrollee. Without a
minimum threshold, each enrollee
would receive the rebate owed to him or
her, but the cost of processing and
distributing the rebate might be greater
than the amount of the rebate.
The Department received several
comments from issuers and others who
recommended that HHS set a minimum
threshold for issuer payment of rebates
because of this potential for relatively
high administrative expenses associated
with the provision of very small rebates.
We agree that it does not make sense
for issuers to provide rebates when the
administrative cost of providing them
exceeds their value to enrollees. Thus,
§ 158.243 provides that an issuer need
not provide rebates when the combined
dollar amount of a rebate owed to the
policyholder and subscribers under a
group policy, or to the subscriber in the
individual market, is less than five
dollars per subscriber covered by the
policy. Five dollars is an amount that is
commonly used by States when setting
de minimis levels for issuer refunds.
Although each de minimis rebate may
seem insignificant, the aggregate amount
of such rebates by market type may be
quite substantial. Thus, consistent with
the rebate requirements of the
Affordable Care Act, issuers should not
be allowed to retain these unpaid rebate
funds, which belong to enrollees.
Furthermore, if issuers retained the
unpaid rebate funds, it would in essence
lower their MLR. Instead, issuers must
aggregate the de minimis rebates and
distribute them in equal amounts to all
then-current enrollees who receive a
premium credit.
8. Unclaimed Rebates (§ 158.244)
The Affordable Care Act does not
specifically address the situation of
rebates being unclaimed. This situation
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
is likely to occur either because an
issuer has not been able to locate certain
enrollees, or enrollees have not
redeemed their rebate payments.
Some consumer representatives
recommended that an issuer be required
to make all reasonable efforts to provide
a rebate to an enrollee and that an issuer
be prohibited from keeping any
unclaimed funds. At least one consumer
group recommended that such funds be
directed to a State consumer assistance
program that has been approved by the
Department, or if such a program is
unavailable, to the Department itself.
Another group recommended that
rebates for any individuals who cannot
be located should be applied toward
reduction of premiums for all
policyholders in the subsequent plan
year.
We agree that an issuer should be
required to make a good faith effort to
locate enrollees and to distribute to
them any rebate that is owed. This
requirement is reflected in § 158.244.
We also believe that an issuer should be
prohibited from retaining unclaimed
rebates. However, unclaimed rebates
will be subject to relevant State law
provisions.
9. Notice of Rebates to Enrollees
(§ 158.250)
The Affordable Care Act and the
NAIC model regulation provide that an
issuer must provide enrollees with
rebates if its MLR falls below the
statutory standard, but neither specifies
what information should accompany a
rebate. Section 158.250 of this interim
final regulation requires issuers to
provide enrollees with a rebate
notification along with any rebate check
or premium credit.
There are several reasons for this
notification. Enrollees may not
understand why they are receiving a
rebate and may not be familiar with the
significance of the MLR and the rebate
requirement in the Affordable Care Act.
Without the information provided by
this notification, enrollees have no
explanation as to how rebates are
calculated. In addition, MLR
transparency is a way to educate
consumers and promote informed
decision-making in the purchasing of
health insurance.
The rebate notification must
accompany the rebate check or be sent
at the same time as the premium credit
is applied. The rebate notification must
include a brief explanation of what an
MLR is, why the Affordable Care Act
created the policy (for example,
increased transparency, incentive to
lower premiums), and why the enrollee
is receiving a rebate. It must also
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
include the aggregate amount of
premium revenue reported by the issuer
during the MLR reporting year, the
issuer’s MLR (taking into account any
adjustment allowed by the regulation),
the required MLR threshold, the
percentage of premium being rebated,
and the total amount being paid or
credited to enrollees, including the
amount paid or credited to an employer
based on its having paid all or a portion
of the premium. In addition, the
notification to enrollees must explain
that rebates to current enrollees are
being provided in the form of premium
credit, and that rebates to former
enrollees are being provided either by
check or in the same form as the
premium was paid. For example, an
issuer has the option of reimbursing
enrollees who paid the premium by
credit card or debit card by applying the
rebate amount back to the credit or debit
card. The form of the rebate notification
will be established by the Secretary and
published in guidance.
HHS is not requiring issuers who do
not have to provide a rebate to provide
notification to enrollees about the MLR
and the fact that no rebate is owed.
However, issuers who do meet the MLR
standard may choose to provide such
notice to their enrollees.
10. Reporting Rebates to the Secretary
(§ 158.260)
Section 2718(b) of the PHS Act is
meant to ensure that consumers receive
value for their premium payments, and
does so by requiring an issuer that does
not meet a specified MLR to rebate a
portion of the premium to enrollees. In
order to provide for appropriate
oversight and enforcement for which
regulations are specifically authorized
by section 2718(b)(3), HHS needs the
ability to validate an issuer’s calculation
and distribution of rebates. Accordingly,
the interim final regulation prescribes
certain data retention, data access, and
reporting requirements.
Subpart A of this interim final
regulation requires an issuer to report to
the Secretary data concerning premium
revenue, how premium revenue is
spent, and the various categories of
expenses that go into determining the
issuer’s MLR. In Subpart B, the
Department implements the statutory
requirement for rebates to enrollees, and
as part of this implementation, requires
issuers to report to the Secretary certain
information regarding rebates.
The interim final regulation requires
issuers to report, for each MLR reporting
year, information regarding the rebates
it makes to enrollees. Consistent with
the reporting requirements in
Subpart A, § 158.260(b) requires that the
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74885
information reported regarding rebates
be aggregated by State, and by the large
group, small group, and individual
markets within a State. The information
required includes:
(1) the number and percent of
enrollees who receive a rebate;
(2) the amount of rebates provided to
enrollees, including a breakdown of
how much of the rebates were paid to
policyholders and how much of the
rebates were paid to subscribers;
(3) the amount of de minimis rebates
that were aggregated and a breakdown
of how they were disbursed to enrollees;
and
(4) the amount of unclaimed rebates,
a description of the good faith efforts
that were made to locate the applicable
enrollees, and a description of how the
unclaimed rebates were disbursed.
HHS considered several options for
the timing of reporting the information
required by § 158.260. In doing so, HHS
has tried to balance the need for timely
information and the desire to minimize
the administrative burden on issuers.
Almost all of the information required
by § 158.260 should be available to
issuers at the time they submit the
report required under § 158.110 for each
MLR reporting year. Thus, for that set of
information, the Department is requiring
that it be submitted with the report
required under § 158.110. The amount
of unclaimed rebates would be the only
information that would not be available
to the issuer at the time it reports its
data for the MLR reporting year, since
the issuer needs time to make a good
faith effort to locate former enrollees
and to know if certain enrollees fail to
cash their rebate checks. HHS is
requiring that this information be
submitted with the report required
under § 158.110 for the subsequent MLR
reporting year.
11. Effect of Rebate Payments on
Solvency (§ 158.270)
Section 158.270 addresses concerns
expressed in some comments that the
obligation to pay rebates might cause an
issuer’s surplus to decline to levels
threatening its solvency. The NAIC also
raised concerns about issuer solvency in
its October 13, 2010 letter to the
Secretary. Issuer solvency is, of course,
an important consideration and is a
major focus of State insurance
regulators. Consistent with the NAIC’s
concern, this interim final regulation
provides, therefore, that the Secretary
may permit the payment of rebates by
an issuer to be deferred if the insurance
commissioner in its State of domicile
informs the Secretary that the timely
payment of rebates would cause the
issuer’s risk based capital (RBC) level to
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74886
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
fall to a level that causes concern about
its solvency.
Section 158.270 provides that a
State’s insurance commissioner,
superintendent, or other responsible
official must notify the Secretary if the
payment of rebates by a domestic issuer
will cause the issuer’s RBC level to fall
below specific regulatory thresholds.
The State must provide the Secretary
with the domestic issuer’s RBC reports
for the current year and the prior two
years, along with a calculation of the
amount of rebates that would be owed
by the issuer.
Section 158.270 provides that the
Secretary will review this information,
along with any other information
requested from the issuer, and will
determine whether the timely payment
of rebates would cause the issuer’s RBC
level to fall below the specified
regulatory action level. When the
Secretary makes this determination, the
Secretary will provide that the issuer
must pay these rebates, with interest, in
a future year in which payment of the
rebates would not cause the issuer’s
RBC level to fall below the specified
regulatory action level.
E. Subpart C—Potential Adjustment to
the Medical Loss Ratio for a State’s
Individual Market
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
1. Introduction
Section 2718(b)(1)(A) of the PHS Act
establishes MLR standards for insurance
coverage sold in the individual market,
the small group market, and the large
group market. For the small group and
individual markets, the MLR standard is
80 percent. For the large group market,
the MLR standard is 85 percent.
However, if a State sets a higher MLR
within its State, that higher MLR must
be met.
Section 2718(b)(1)(A)(ii) also provides
that ‘‘the Secretary may adjust’’ the 80
percent level with respect to the
individual market of a State ‘‘if the
Secretary determines that the
application of such 80 percent may
destabilize the individual market in
such State.’’ The PHS Act does not,
however, define ‘‘destabilize the
individual market’’ or provide the
process or criteria for making a
determination regarding potential
destabilization of that market. In
addition, the section does not specify
the kind or amount of adjustment the
Secretary may make.
Subpart C of this interim final
regulation implements this provision of
section 2718(b)(1)(A)(ii) by addressing
these important considerations, and
adopts the recommendations of the
NAIC on this issue. It sets forth the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
process by which the Secretary may
exercise the authority provided under
section 2718(b)(1)(A)(ii). It also
establishes the criteria the Secretary will
apply in determining whether to lower
the MLR standard applicable to the
individual market in a State.
2. Subpart C’s Approach and
Framework
HHS has received comments from
many interested parties regarding the
application of MLR standards in the
individual market and the process for
granting requests to adjust the required
standard.
Notably, in an October 13, 2010 letter
to the Secretary, the NAIC observed that
the MLR standard ‘‘may enhance the
value of plans for consumers and
improve carrier accountability for
spending and pricing decisions,’’ but
also that improper application of it
‘‘could threaten the solvency of insurers
or significantly reduce competition in
some insurance markets.’’ The NAIC
further stated that ‘‘the threshold
consumer protection is ensuring a
health insurance company is solvent.’’
HHS agrees with the NAIC on the
importance of maintaining issuer
solvency. If an insurance company does
not have enough money to pay claims,
then any MLR standard becomes
irrelevant.
Further, while the focal point of any
market destabilization analysis must be
the manner in which any requested
MLR adjustment may affect consumers,
as the NAIC points out, consumers have
numerous interests that extend beyond
whether they will receive rebates,
including an interest in multiple health
insurance options. To that end, this
interim final regulation adopts the
recommendation the NAIC Consumer
Representatives made in an October 25,
2010 letter to the Secretary, that the
Secretary ‘‘establish a formal process
that provides ample opportunity for
consumers and consumer advocate
input and involvement in determining
whether and to what extent adjustments
should be made in any State.’’ The
Department believes the
recommendation by the Consumer
Representatives should apply to all
stakeholders, including issuers, agents
and brokers, health care providers, as
well as consumers, and has therefore
established a process by which all
stakeholders may provide information
and input.
This interim final regulation does not
require the Secretary to find that
adherence to the 80 percent MLR
standard is certain to result in market
destabilization in order to grant an
adjustment from it. Nor does it allow the
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Secretary to grant an adjustment in the
case where market destabilization is a
remote possibility. Rather, this interim
final regulation both allows and requires
an adjustment to a State’s MLR to be
granted when there is a reasonable
likelihood that market destabilization,
and thus harm to consumers, will occur.
Subpart C establishes the procedure
and criteria the Secretary will use to
assess requests to adjust the MLR
standard that applies in the individual
market in a State. We note that the law
allows adjustments of the MLR for the
individual market in a State and does
not apply to the small group market or
to the large group market.
Section 158.301 states the criteria the
Secretary will apply in considering
requests to adjust the minimum
individual market MLR standard
applicable to a State. Subpart C then
proceeds to address the four major
issues that HHS believes are relevant to
any potential requests for adjustments to
the statutory MLR standard. The first is
who may submit a request and the
duration of such a request. The second
is the information the submitter of such
a request will be required to supply. The
third is the criteria the Secretary will
use in making her decision regarding
the request. The fourth is the process by
which the Secretary will receive
information and make her
determination. Each of those issues is
discussed separately below.
Finally, in its October 13, 2010 letter,
the NAIC did not recommend a national
transition, but instead wrote that ‘‘while
some states seek national relief from the
2011 MLR, all states recognize that
transitional relief may be appropriate for
some state insurance markets.’’
(Emphasis added.) Commenters in the
industry have also advocated for a
‘‘national’’ transition or ‘‘national’’ relief
from the MLR standards. As indicated
above, the Affordable Care Act does not
contemplate or provide for such relief in
the context of § 158.301 which, as
required by section 2718(b)(1)(A)(ii),
provides for State-specific relief.
However, it is clear that other sections
of this regulation do in fact provide for
national rather than State-specific relief
from the immediate application of the
MLR standards, and not just in the
individual market. The credibility
adjustments provided for in §§ 158.230–
158.231 are national in scope and apply
without regard to State-specific market
conditions. First, the credibility
adjustments result in many issuers
being presumed to meet the MLR
standards altogether because of their
small size. Second, the adjustments add
up to 8.3 percent to an issuer’s reported
MLR for smaller plans that are not
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
presumed to meet the MLR standard
already. Third, issuers with policies that
have large deductibles may receive an
additional adjustment of up to 6.1
percent on top of the 8.3 percent. Other
components of the MLR formula, such
as treatment of expenses for quality
improving activities and treatment of
Federal and State taxes, also better
enable issuers to meet the MLR
standard. In addition, the process set
out in Subpart C provides further
opportunity to modify MLR standards in
the individual market to address statespecific circumstances. The rationale for
a national transition—which is to
provide accommodation for issuers to
meet the MLR standards—we believe is
satisfied by these many adjustments.
3. Who May Request Adjustment to the
MLR and Duration of Request
(§§ 158.310–158.311)
Section 158.310 provides that a
request for an adjustment to the MLR
standard for a State must be submitted
by that State’s insurance commissioner
or other applicable State official. State
insurance commissioners have valuable
local knowledge of their State’s
insurance market and share a
responsibility to protect consumers,
which makes them best qualified to
attest to the impact of the MLR standard
on consumers within their State. State
insurance regulators also often have
considerable power to compel or
influence issuers to take steps that may
reduce the risk of market
destabilization.
It is appropriate for three reasons that
requests for an adjustment to the MLR
standard come from State insurance
commissioners on behalf of the State
individual insurance market as a whole.
First, the statute allows such an
adjustment only for all issuers in the
individual market in a State; it does not
allow an adjustment for specific issuers.
Second, only the State commissioner
has knowledge of all issuers’ experience
and market conduct in the State and as
to any action the State might deem
appropriate to address any potential for
market destabilization. Third, State
insurance commissioners have
responsibility for protecting the
interests of the general public,
policyholders, and enrollees within
their respective States.
Section 158.311 provides that a
request for an adjustment to the MLR
standard may be for one, two, or three
MLR reporting years. This permits a
State to request an adjustment for up to
three years, as deemed appropriate by
the State, based on the condition of its
individual health insurance market.
Allowing for multi-year adjustments,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
when necessary, will provide certainty
to issuers within the State regarding the
applicable MLR standard, which in turn
enhances stability of the market.
4. Required Information (§§ 158.320–
158.323)
Subpart C requires the applicable
State official to provide the Secretary
with information on the applicant State
and the market that is the subject of the
request. Section 158.323 requests
contact information for the person
submitting the State’s request. This
information is needed because the
Secretary anticipates working closely
with individual States regarding their
requests.
The remaining information requested
by Subpart C falls into two general
categories. The first is information about
how the individual health insurance
market is organized and functions in the
State. Section 158.321 requests the
following structural and operational
information about the submitting State’s
individual health insurance market:
› The State’s current MLR standard
for the individual market, if any. Such
an MLR is relevant to determining the
effect the statute’s 80 percent MLR may
have in the State.
› Any requirements that an issuer
seeking to withdraw from the State’s
individual health insurance market
must meet before doing so.
› Any limitations imposed by the
State on issuers regarding rating based
on health status.
› Mechanisms available in the State
to provide consumers with options in
the event an issuer in the individual
market withdraws from the State, such
as a guaranteed-issue or issuer-of-lastresort requirement or a State-operated
high-risk pool.
› Operational and financial
information about the issuers operating
in the State’s individual market,
including the capacity of incumbent
issuers to write additional business, the
premiums such issuers charge and the
benefits they offer, and the amount they
pay to agents and brokers.
Notably, in its October 13, 2010 letter
to the Secretary, the NAIC stated that
among the factors State regulators
would consider in making their own
determinations as to whether
application of the statutory 80 percent
MLR standard would destabilize the
individual market are the ‘‘potential
impact on premiums paid by current
policyholders,’’ the ‘‘potential impact on
benefits and cost-sharing of existing
products,’’ and ‘‘the potential impact on
consumer access to agents and brokers.’’
This information will assist the
Secretary in understanding the
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74887
insurance market in the State submitting
a request and will enable her to better
address the criteria for assessing the
request set forth in this subpart.
The second general category of
information a State must provide is its
own assessment of how best to address
any risk of destabilization through an
adjustment to the MLR standard. In its
October 13 letter, the NAIC stated that
‘‘when recommending to HHS that a
transitional exception should be applied
to a state or insurance market, the
regulator shall also propose a solution to
the factors on which the
recommendation is based.’’ The NAIC
also suggested that HHS give deference
to its analysis and recommendations.
HHS agrees with the NAIC that, just as
a State commissioner is best qualified to
request an adjustment to the MLR
standard, a State commissioner seeking
an MLR adjustment is also best qualified
to suggest an appropriate alternative
MLR standard for each of the reporting
years for which the State is requesting
an adjustment. Thus, § 158.322 further
requires any request for an MLR
adjustment to estimate the rebates that
would be paid under the 80 percent
individual market MLR standard and
under the alternate proposal a State
official submits for each year for which
the State is requesting an adjustment.
Section 158.320 also provides some
flexibility in the event certain data are
unavailable or collection of certain data
is unduly burdensome. In such
situations, a State may provide notice of
this to the Secretary and the Secretary
may request alternative supporting data
or move forward with her determination
on the State’s request without the data
the State is unable to provide.
5. Assessment Criteria (§ 158.330)
Section 158.330 sets forth the criteria
the Secretary will use in determining
the risk of destabilization. It does not set
forth a single test for determining that
risk, but rather states that the Secretary
may consider five main criteria in
assessing such risk.
The first criterion the Secretary will
consider, as set forth in § 158.330(a), is
the number of issuers reasonably likely
to exit the individual market or cease
offering specific products in a State
absent an adjustment to the 80 percent
MLR and the resulting impact on
competition in the State. In making this
determination, the Secretary may
consider (1) each issuer’s MLR relative
to an 80 percent MLR, (2) each issuer’s
profitability and risk-based capital level,
(3) the requirements and limitations
within the State with respect to market
withdrawals, and (4) the number of
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
74888
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
issuers that may not be required to pay
rebates pursuant to § 158.240.
Second, the Secretary may consider
the number of individual market
enrollees covered by issuers that are
reasonably likely to exit the State absent
the adjustment. All other things being
equal, the greater the number of
policyholders in a market who are
enrollees of issuers reasonably likely to
exit the market, the greater the
likelihood of market destabilization.
Third, the Secretary will consider
whether, absent an adjustment to the
MLR standard, consumers may be
unable to access insurance agents or
brokers. Access could be restricted if, in
order to comply with MLR standards,
issuers reduced compensation to agents
or brokers to the point where agents or
brokers were not available to assist
consumers in finding coverage and
other options for consumers were
limited. In its October 13th letter, the
NAIC noted the important role that
agents and brokers will play in the next
four years as markets transition to
Exchanges, and encouraged HHS to
‘‘recognize the essential role served by
producers and accommodate producer
compensation arrangements in any MLR
regulation promulgated.’’ This criterion
recognizes that role.
Fourth, the Secretary will consider
the alternate coverage options available
within the State for enrollees of issuers
that are reasonably likely to exit the
market—or as the NAIC puts it in its
October 13 letter, she will consider ‘‘the
ability of consumers to find easily
affordable products in the State should
their carrier leave the State market.’’
Section 158.330(d) provides that, in
assessing alternative coverage options,
the Secretary will take into account (1)
any requirement that issuers who exit
the State’s individual market must have
their block(s) of business assumed by
another issuer, (2) which issuers may
remain in the State if the adjustment
request were denied, and the breadth
and price of the products offered by
such issuers, (3) the capacity of
incumbent issuers to write additional
business, (4) the mechanisms, such as
guaranteed-issue products, an issuer of
last resort, or a State high risk pool,
available to the State to provide
coverage to consumers to the extent, if
any, that issuers withdraw from the
market, and (5) any authority the
insurance commissioner might have that
would help stabilize the State’s
individual insurance market.
Fifth, the Secretary will consider the
impact on premiums charged, the
benefits offered, and the cost-sharing
provided to consumers by issuers
remaining in the market in the event
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
one or more issuers were to withdraw
from the market. For example,
premiums may rise if the loss of one or
more issuers reduced competition to an
extent that allowed remaining issuers to
increase premiums beyond what
competitive conditions would have
allowed.
Section 158.330 also states that the
Secretary will consider any other
relevant information submitted by the
State’s insurance commissioner,
superintendent, or comparable official
in the State’s request.
6. Process (§§ 158.340 Through 158.350)
Section 158.340 provides that the
request for adjustment must be
submitted in electronic format, and
§ 158.340(a) provides that all the
information that Subpart C requires in
support of a request must be submitted
electronically. HHS has determined that
these requirements are necessary if, as
the PHS Act envisions and the public
interest demands, State requests for
MLR adjustments are to be handled as
expeditiously as possible. Section
158.340(b) permits a State, solely at its
option and only if it wishes, also to
submit to the Secretary a copy of its
request by regular or express mail.
Section 158.341 provides that the
State’s request will be promptly posted
on the Secretary’s healthcare.gov
website. In addition, § 158.342 states
that the Secretary will invite public
comment upon the request when it is
posted, and will, when assessing the
request, consider any comments filed by
the public within 10 days of that
posting. Section 158.343 provides that
any State that submits a request may, at
its option, hold a public hearing and
create an evidentiary record with
respect to its request. If the State does
so, the Secretary will consider the
evidentiary record of the hearing in
making her determination as to the
State’s request for an adjustment.
Section 158.344 provides that the
Secretary may also hold a public
hearing with respect to a State’s request,
at the Secretary’s discretion. HHS
believes that a transparent yet
expeditious process will allow all
interested parties to provide input while
satisfying the need to come to a prompt
determination.
Once the Secretary determines that
the request has sufficiently satisfied the
information required by the interim
final regulation and the public comment
period has expired, the Secretary will
make a determination within 30 days as
to whether to grant a State’s request for
an adjustment to the MLR standard.
Section 158.345 also allows the
Secretary to extend that 30-day period
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
up to an additional 30 days at her
discretion. The Secretary believes that it
is in the interests of both issuers and
consumers in a State to have certainty
about the applicable MLR for the
individual market in the State at the
earliest practicable date.
Section 158.350 provides that a State
submitting a subsequent request for an
adjustment shall ‘‘submit information as
to what steps the State has taken since
its initial and other prior requests, if
any, to increase the likelihood that
enrollees who have health coverage
through issuers that are considered
likely to exit the State’s individual
market will receive coverage at a
comparable price and with comparable
benefits if the issuer does exit the
market.’’
A State that disagrees with the
Secretary’s initial decision regarding its
request for an adjustment to the
statutory 80 percent MLR standard may
request reconsideration of a denial if it
does so in writing within 10 days of the
initial decision. Section 158.345(b)
provides that the Secretary will issue
her determination on the request for
reconsideration within 20 days of
receiving the request. Section 158.345(a)
makes clear that a State may include
any additional information it wishes in
support of its reconsideration request.
The process established in Subpart C
seeks to give States and interested
parties full opportunity to present all
information necessary and helpful to a
determination of requests for
adjustments to the statutory 80 percent
MLR standard while ensuring that
States and issuers will know as early as
possible the standard that issuers in the
State will be required to meet.
7. Public Comments
In creating this framework for
considering a State’s request for an
adjustment of the MLR for the
individual market, HHS reviewed and
took into consideration the public
comments submitted in response to its
Notice. Only a relatively few of the
comments received mentioned the
authority granted to the Secretary
regarding potential destabilization in a
State’s individual market and offered
suggestions with respect to the process
and criteria for determining
destabilization.
Commenters specifically suggested
that markets may become destabilized if
issuers choose to withdraw from the
market or terminate or materially
change existing policies. Commenters
also suggested that markets may become
destabilized if customers losing
coverage have insufficient product
choice or are unable to find new
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
coverage that covers pre-existing
conditions. The determination whether
to adjust the MLR standard should,
commenters suggested, take into
account guaranteed issue options,
issuers of last resort, requirements that
issuers offer individual coverage, and
eligibility flexibility under State high
risk pools. HHS agrees that these are
important considerations, and has
incorporated into this Subpart
consideration of both the potential
causes of destabilization and the
systems in place that mitigate
destabilization risks.
Other commenters suggested potential
warning signals of market
destabilization. These included
volatility in premium rates, decreases in
issuers’ reported capital levels,
increases in assumption reinsurance,
changes in marketing, increases in
complaints from brokers or consumers,
declines in insurance coverage,
increases in applications to State high
risk pools, and significant changes in
benefit design. State insurance
commissioners may wish to further
comment on these factors and other
local trends in their requests for an
adjustment.
One insurance issuer’s comment letter
suggested that whether at least 10
percent of enrollees are impacted by
exiting issuers or at least 10 percent of
products are withdrawn from the
marketplace may be valid criteria for
determining market destabilization.
While HHS agrees that market
destabilization could not occur absent a
significant impact on consumer welfare,
HHS believes it is difficult to generalize
and create a single numeric test given
the different characteristics of State
insurance markets, different State laws,
and different types of issuers.
As the NAIC Consumer
Representatives noted in their letter, the
NAIC addressed market destabilization
in an ‘‘issue resolution document.’’ That
document suggested the Secretary
consider existing State laws and historic
MLRs in each State. The Secretary seeks
information regarding existing State
laws and issuers’ MLRs in order to
consider them in connection with a
State’s request for an adjustment of the
MLR standard in the individual market.
HHS notes that although State MLR
standards are, in general, lower than the
80 percent MLR standard, many issuers
are currently above both the 80 percent
MLR standard and the applicable State
regulatory standard. HHS also received
comments suggesting that the MLR
standard in all States be adjusted to
historic MLR levels and increased to 80
percent over a three year period until
2014. The NAIC did not recommend a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
national transition. Instead, while
noting in its October 13th letter that
‘‘some states seek national relief from
the 2011 MLR, all states recognize that
transitional relief may be appropriate for
some State insurance markets.’’
(Emphasis added.)
Finally, an NAIC advisory subgroup
suggested that the Secretary may
consider State laws and regulations
regarding cancellation and non-renewal
of health insurance and the cost to
issuers of withdrawing from the
individual health insurance market.
HHS agrees that in making a
determination regarding market
destabilization, alternatives available to
a State and to an issuer should be
considered, and has provided that these
are factors to be considered in assessing
whether to grant an adjustment to the 80
percent MLR for a State’s individual
market.
F. Subparts D–F—HHS Enforcement,
Additional Requirements on Issuers,
and Federal Civil Penalties
Section 2718 of the PHS Act created
two requirements for health insurance
issuers. Under section 2718(a) of the
PHS Act, all health insurance issuers in
the group and individual markets are
required to report to the Secretary
certain data concerning the amount of
premium revenue as well as the
amounts spent on clinical care, quality
improvement activities, and adjusted
non-claims expenses. Section 2718(b)
requires the calculation of MLR and
payments of rebates to enrollees if the
MLR standard is not met.
The data that must be reported to the
Secretary under section 2718(a) of the
PHS Act are addressed in Subpart A of
this interim final regulation. The
calculation of rebates is addressed in
Subpart B. Subparts D through F of this
interim final regulation implement
enforcement authority in section
2718(b)(3) and provide for enforcement
of the reporting obligations set forth in
section 2718(a) and rebate requirements
in section 2718(b).
Section 2718(b)(3) of the PHS Act [as
added by the Affordable Care Act]
specifically requires the Secretary to
promulgate regulations to enforce the
provisions of section 2718. It makes
HHS responsible for direct enforcement
of the reporting and rebate provisions of
section 2718. This interim final
regulation implements this statutory
mandate.
Section 2718(a) requires issuers to
report the data specified directly to the
Secretary, rather than to the States. HHS
is thus best situated, consistent with the
mandate in section 2718(b)(3), to
directly enforce the requirement that
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74889
data be reported to it. This does not
mean, however, that the States should
play no role in enforcement of these
provisions.
States are currently responsible for
solvency and, in many States, rate
oversight as well. In performing these
functions, many states collect and
review data and conduct audits of issuer
information related to MLRs. In
addition, some twenty-nine States
already have experience in regulating
MLRs either prospectively through rate
filing or retrospectively through rebate
requirements. States already receive
detailed financial reporting from issuers
for solvency purposes. Finally, section
2718 of the PHS Act gives States the
discretion to impose a higher MLR
standard than that prescribed in section
2718. Taking all of these factors into
consideration, together with the
historical role that States have had in
regulating insurance, it is appropriate
for the States to have an oversight role
with respect to the reporting provisions
of section 2718(a), even though the
statute gives HHS direct enforcement
authority.
Under the regulation, while HHS is
responsible for enforcing the reporting
provisions and for conducting audits to
test the validity and accuracy of the data
reported (§ 158.401), HHS may also, in
its discretion, accept the findings of
audits conducted by State regulators, so
long as certain specified conditions are
met (§ 158.403). In particular, HHS may
accept the findings of audits from a
State which report on:
(1) The validity of data on expenses
and premiums reported to the Secretary,
including the appropriateness of the
allocations of expenses, taxes, and
revenues used in such reporting;
(2) Whether the activities associated
with the issuer’s reported expenditures
for quality improving activities meet the
definition of such activities; and
(3) The accuracy of rebate calculations
and the timeliness and accuracy of
rebate payments.
In addition, in order to accept the
findings of audits from a State, the
State’s laws must permit the public
release of the audit findings of health
insurance issuers and the State must
submit its audit findings to HHS within
30 days of finalization and submit all
preliminary or draft reports within six
months of the completion of audit field
work unless the audit findings have
already been finalized and reported to
HHS.
While this interim final regulation
provides that HHS may accept audit
findings from a State, it makes clear that
pursuant to the statutory requirement in
section 2718(b)(3), HHS is responsible
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
74890
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
for direct enforcement of the MLR
reporting and rebate provisions, and
retains the discretion to conduct its own
audits of issuers, including in States
that have acceptable audit programs as
defined in the regulation. This approach
recognizes that although States have
traditionally conducted financial
examinations for the purpose of
determining solvency, the type of audit
needed to assess whether the data
reported pursuant to section 2718 is
accurate and valid is quite different. As
HHS and the States develop greater
experience and expertise in conducting
these audits, it is likely that the States’
role will increase.
This interim final regulation sets forth
the procedure to be followed by HHS
when it conducts an audit of an issuer
to determine whether the reports it has
submitted pursuant to this regulation
are accurate and valid. The procedure
set forth is comparable to the
procedures used by HHS when
conducting audits of Medicare
Advantage plans pursuant to 42 CFR
Part 422.
This interim final regulation contains
provisions requiring issuers to retain
documentation relating to the data
reported, and requiring issuers to
provide access to that data to HHS or its
outside auditors. These provisions are
intended to make it possible for HHS or
the relevant State to have access to the
information needed to determine
whether the reports submitted are
accurate and valid.
Finally, this interim final regulation
provides for the imposition of civil
monetary penalties in the event an
issuer fails to comply with the reporting
and rebate requirements set forth in the
regulation. It provides criteria and a
process for determining whether and in
what amount such penalties should be
imposed. While HHS’s intent is not to
be punitive to issuers, given the
importance of receiving timely and
accurate reporting and making
appropriate rebates, and given the desire
to bring down the cost of health care for
consumers as soon as practicable
following the effective date of the
Affordable Care Act, this regulation
strikes a balance between penalties that
are severe enough so as to encourage
compliance with the requirements of the
regulations but not so severe as to be
punitive. The civil monetary penalties
provided for are identical to those for
violations of title XXVII that are set
forth in the current regulations on
enforcement, 45 CFR 150.301 et seq.
They provide for a penalty for each
violation of $100 per entity, per day, per
individual affected by the violation.
HHS is interested in public comments
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
as to the proper amount or range of
penalties for violations of various
provisions of this interim final rule.
This interim final regulation also adopts
the provisions in the existing
enforcement regulation regarding factors
in aggravation and mitigation that HHS
will take into account in determining
whether to impose civil monetary
penalties and if so, in what amount.
The interim final regulation also
provides that if a State has assessed a
penalty against an issuer, then HHS will
take that into account in considering
whether it should assess any penalty for
violation of the requirements of this
Part.
III. Response to Comments
Because of the large number of public
comments we normally receive on
Federal Register documents, we are not
able to acknowledge or respond to them
individually. We will consider all
comments we receive by the date and
time specified in the DATES section of
this preamble, and, when we proceed
with a subsequent document, we will
respond to the comments in the
preamble to that document.
IV. Waiver of Proposed Rulemaking
and Delay of Effective Date
Section 2792 of the PHS Act
authorizes the Secretary to promulgate
any interim final rules determined to be
appropriate to carry out the provisions
of Part A of title XXVII of the PHS Act.
The provisions of these interim final
regulation requirements in section 2718,
and the foregoing interim final rule
authority applies to this interim final
regulation.
In addition, under section 553(b) of
the Administrative Procedure Act (APA)
(5 U.S.C. 551 et seq.) a general notice of
proposed rulemaking is not required
when an agency, for good cause, finds
that notice and public comment thereon
are impracticable, unnecessary, or
contrary to the public interest. Although
the provisions of the APA that
ordinarily require a notice of proposed
rulemaking do not apply here because of
the specific authority granted by section
2792 of the PHS Act, even if the APA
were applicable, the Secretary has
determined that it would be
impracticable and contrary to the public
interest to delay putting the provisions
of this interim final regulation in place
until a public notice and comment
process was completed.
Prior notice and comment in this
situation is impracticable because
section 2718 of the PHS Act directs the
NAIC, not later than December 31, 2010,
and subject to certification by the
Secretary, to establish uniform
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
definitions of the activities reported as
reimbursement for clinical services,
activities that improve health care
quality, and non-claims costs. However,
the reporting required by section 2718
of the PHS Act applies to plan years
beginning not later than January 1, 2011.
The NAIC transmitted its
recommendations to the Secretary on
October 27, 2010, in the form of a model
regulation. The regulation implementing
the reporting requirements must be in
effect on or before January 1, 2011, so
that issuers, regulators, and consumers
know what information must be
reported and how to aggregate it prior to
the time period which they must report.
There are fewer than 60 days between
when HHS would be able to review the
NAIC’s recommendations, certify them,
and issue an implementing regulation.
Therefore, we find good cause to
waive the notice of proposed
rulemaking and to issue this final rule
on an interim basis. We are providing a
60-day public comment period.
In addition, the Congressional Review
Act, at 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(3), ordinarily
requires that the effective date of a
‘‘major rule’’ such as this interim final
rule be at least 60 days after publication.
However, under 5 U.S.C. 808(2), this
delay of effective date may be modified
when an agency ‘‘for good cause finds
(and incorporates the finding and a brief
statement of reasons therefore in the
rule issued) that notice and public
procedure thereon are impracticable,
unnecessary, or contrary to the public
interest.’’ Specifically, where ‘‘good
cause’’ is found to waive prior notice
and comment, the rule may ‘‘take effect
at such time as the Federal agency
promulgating the rule determines.’’
5 U.S.C. 808. Given the exigencies
discussed above, and the fact that the
provisions of this rule apply, by statute,
on January 1, 2011, we find good cause
under section 808 to make this interim
final rule effective on that date.
V. Collection of Information
Requirements
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act
of 1995, we are required to provide 60day notice in the Federal Register and
solicit public comment before a
collection of information requirement is
submitted to the Office of Management
and Budget (OMB) for review and
approval. In order to fairly evaluate
whether an information collection
should be approved by OMB, section
3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995 requires that we
solicit comment on the following issues:
• The need for the information
collection and its usefulness in carrying
out the proper functions of our agency.
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
• The accuracy of our estimate of the
information collection burden.
• The quality, utility, and clarity of
the information to be collected.
• Recommendations to minimize the
information collection burden on the
affected public, including automated
collection techniques.
We are soliciting public comment on
each of these issues for the following
sections of this document that contain
information collection requirements
(ICRs):
A. ICRs Regarding MLR and Rebate
Reporting Requirement (§ 158.101
Through § 158.170)
This interim final regulation describes
the information that will be reported by
health insurance issuers on an annual
basis to the Secretary starting in 2012,
and quarterly in 2011 only for certain
plans. Issuers’ submissions will include
information regarding reimbursement
for clinical services, expenditures for
activities that improve health care
quality, other non-claim costs, earned
premiums, and Federal and State taxes
and regulatory fees, among other data
elements. Issuers will be required to
calculate MLRs and rebates as part of
their submission to the Secretary.
Generally, the data and methodologies
that the regulation instructs issuers to
use follow the NAIC 2010 blank,
approved August 17, 2010 and the NAIC
MLR model regulation, which was
finalized on October 27, 2010. Most
issuers file information with the NAIC
on a regular basis, in accordance with
State laws; it is expected that issuers
who typically file information with the
NAIC will file the supplemental exhibit
and the rebate reporting documents that
the NAIC created in fulfilling its
mandate in section 2718. We expect the
NAIC to collect MLR and rebate
information beginning for plan year
2010 and to continue collecting such
data for the foreseeable future.
HHS’s data collection requirements
described in this interim final regulation
are very similar to the NAIC’s. One
exception is that we are requiring health
insurance issuers who sell expatriate
plans or mini-med plans to disaggregate
that business from the rest of their
business in that market segment and
report the MLR data separately. As
discussed above in the impact analysis
section, HHS estimates that
approximately 442 entities will submit
reports for each of the States and
markets in which they operate; further,
we estimate that approximately 25
health insurance issuers will report data
for expatriate plans and 50 health
insurance issuers will report data for
mini-med plans.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
At this time, HHS has not developed
the MLR and rebate forms that health
insurance issuers will have to complete
on an annual basis beginning for plan
years starting January 1, 2011. In
addition, as described above, we are
requiring issuers who opt to separately
report the experience for expatriate
plans and mini-med plans to submit
quarterly reports in 2011, so that we can
better understand these products. We
will revisit the special filing
circumstances for expatriate plans and
mini-med plans after reviewing the
quarterly filings. We plan to publish the
instructions and forms that issuers must
file for all plans in future guidance. At
that time we will solicit public
comments on both the forms the
estimated burden imposed on health
insurance issuers for complying with
the provisions of this interim final
regulation. The information collection
requirements associated with
§§ 158.101–158.170 will become
effective upon OMB approval. HHS will
publish a notice in the Federal Register
notifying the public of OMB approval at
the appropriate time.
B. ICRs Regarding Notice of Rebates to
Enrollees (§ 158.250)
Within Subpart B of this interim final
regulation, we describe the obligation of
health insurance issuers to calculate and
pay rebates to consumers in years when
the issuer’s MLR does not meet the
applicable minimum MLR threshold. In
addition, the interim final regulation
requires issuers to provide information
to consumers about the rebate they are
receiving. At this time, HHS has not
developed the model disclosure
language for the rebate notice to
enrollees that issuers will be required to
send beginning August 1, 2012, based
upon plan years starting January 1,
2011. In the near future, HHS will
publish the model disclosure language
and will solicit public comment. At that
time, and per the requirements outlined
in the Paperwork Reduction Act, we
will estimate the burden on health
insurance issuers of complying with this
provision of this interim final
regulation. The information collection
requirements associated with § 158.250
will become effective upon OMB
approval. HHS will publish a notice in
the Federal Register notifying the
public of OMB approval at the
appropriate time.
C. ICRs Regarding Retention of Records
(§§ 158.501–158.502)
Subpart E of the interim final
regulations establishes the Secretary’s
enforcement authority regarding the
reporting requirements under section
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74891
2718. Issuers must maintain all
documents and other evidence
necessary to enable HHS to verify that
the data required to be submitted
comply with the definitions and criteria
set forth in this interim final regulation,
and that the MLR is calculated and any
rebates owing are calculated and
provided in accordance with this
interim final regulation. The interim
final regulation requires issuers to
maintain all of the documents and other
evidence for the current year and six
prior years, unless a longer period is
required under § 158.501.
We expect all issuers will have to
retain data relating to the calculation of
MLRs; we expect only some issuers will
have to retain information regarding the
payment of rebates and the notice to
enrollees. We believe that the burdens
associated with our record retention
requirements do not exceed standard
record retention practices in that issuers
are already required to retain the
records and information required by this
interim final regulation in order to
comply with the legal requirements of
their States’ departments of insurance.
For that reason, we are assigning a
minimal burden to these requirements.
We estimate that 442 issuers must
comply with the aforementioned
requirements. We further estimate that it
will take each issuer a total of one hour
to file and maintain both the data for
MLR calculations and the information
regarding payment of rebates and
notices to enrollees. The total estimated
annual burden associated with the
requirements in §§ 158.501 through
158.502 is 442 hours at a cost of
$10,045.
However, we welcome comments
regarding the burden associated with
maintaining the information described
in subpart E of this interim final
regulation.
D. ICRs Regarding State Request for
MLR Adjustment (§§ 158.301–158.350)
Subpart C of this interim final
regulation implements the provisions of
section 2718(b)(1)(A)(ii). The interim
final regulation describes the data and
narratives which States must submit
that are seeking an adjustment to the
applicable MLR in the individual
market for their State. There is no
standardized application form
associated with a State’s request. As
discussed in §§ 158.321, 158.322,
and158.323, the data elements that a
requesting State must provide include:
• The applicable State minimum
required MLR, if any;
• State individual market withdrawal
requirements, if any;
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
74892
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
• Any mechanisms to provide options
to consumers in case of issuer
withdrawal;
• Information on issuers in the State’s
individual market;
• The State’s proposed adjustment to
the minimum MLR for the State’s
individual market; and
• The contact information for the
State representative.
In addition, a State whose request for
adjustment to the MLR standard has
been denied by the Secretary may
request reconsideration of that
determination. A request for
reconsideration must be submitted in
writing to the Secretary within 10 days
of her decision to deny the State’s
request for an adjustment, and may
include any additional information in
support of its request.
Based on preliminary data analysis
and indications by a few States that they
may apply for an adjustment, the
Department estimates that
approximately 20 States will submit
applications and that it will take
approximately ten working days for a
State to complete the application. An
exact time burden estimate is uncertain
because some States may have better
access to the required application
information elements than others; some
States may have to seek some of the
required information from health
insurance issuers in their States, which
could increase their burden. Some
States may, if providing the requested
information is an undue burden, have
the Secretary consider their application
without some of the information
elements.
The Department estimates that it will
take a State 94 hours to complete an
application including gathering data,
developing data analyses, synthesizing
information, and developing the
adjusted MLR threshold. For the
purposes of this estimate, the
Department assumes that this
application will take various
professional staff approximately 75
hours (at an average rate of $125 an
hour), an associate general counsel 10
hours (at $175 an hour), a senior general
counsel 5 hours (at $350 an hour), and
the Commissioner 4 hours (at $450 an
hour) to assemble and review the
various components of the application.1
The Department estimates that the total
cost burden associated with the
submission of a MLR adjustment
application to be approximately $14,675
1 Estimates were developed by interviewing two
former insurance commissioners, a former
insurance department actuary, and a former health
plan employee familiar with the burden of
submitting financial data to health insurance
departments.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
per response for a total estimated
burden of $293,500.
The Department is soliciting public
comments for 60 days concerning the
process described in subpart C of the
preamble whereby a State may request
an adjustment of the minimum MLR
applicable in the individual market. The
Department has submitted a copy of
these interim final regulations to OMB
in accordance with 44 U.S.C. 3507(d) for
review of the information collections. If
you comment on this information
collection and recordkeeping
requirements, please do either of the
following:
1. Submit your comments
electronically as specified in the
ADDRESSES section of this proposed rule;
or
2. Submit your comments to the
Office of Information and Regulatory
Affairs, Office of Management and
Budget, Attention: CMS Desk Office,
9998–IFC. Fax: (202) 395–6974; or Email: OIRA_submission@omb.eop.gov.
VI. Regulatory Impact Analysis
A. Summary
As stated earlier in this preamble, this
interim final regulation implements
sections 2718(a) through (c) of the PHS
Act, which set forth requirements for
reporting of certain medical loss ratio
(MLR)-related data to the Secretary on
an annual basis by issuers offering
coverage in the individual and group
markets, and calculating and providing
rebates to policyholders in the event
that an issuer’s MLR fails to meet the
minimum statutory requirements. This
interim final rule also establishes
uniform definitions and standardized
methodologies for calculating MLRrelated data; provides a process and
criteria for the Secretary to determine
whether application of the 80 percent
minimum MLR threshold may
destabilize the individual market in a
given State; and addresses enforcement
of the reporting and rebate
requirements. These provisions are
generally effective for plan years
beginning January 1, 2011.
The Department is publishing this
interim final regulation to implement
the protections intended by Congress in
the most economically efficient manner
possible. We have examined the effects
of this rule as required by Executive
Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, September
1993, Regulatory Planning and Review),
the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
(September 19, 1980, Pub. L. 96–354),
section 1102(b) of the Social Security
Act, the Unfunded Mandates Reform
Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104–4), Executive
Order 13132 on Federalism, and the
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C.
804(2). In accordance with OMB
Circular A–4, the Department has
quantified the benefits, costs and
transfers where possible, and has also
provided a qualitative discussion of
some of the benefits, costs and transfers
that may stem from this interim final
regulation.
B. Executive Order 12866
Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735)
directs agencies to assess all costs and
benefits of available regulatory
alternatives and, if regulation is
necessary, to select regulatory
approaches that maximize net benefits
(including potential economic,
environmental, public health and safety
effects; distributive impacts; and
equity).
Section 3(f) of the Executive Order
defines a ‘‘significant regulatory action’’
as an action that is likely to result in a
rule (1) having an annual effect on the
economy of $100 million or more in any
one year, or adversely and materially
affecting a sector of the economy,
productivity, competition, jobs, the
environment, public health or safety, or
State, local or tribal governments or
communities (also referred to as
‘‘economically significant’’); (2) creating
a serious inconsistency or otherwise
interfering with an action taken or
planned by another agency;
(3) materially altering the budgetary
impacts of entitlement grants, user fees,
or loan programs or the rights and
obligations of recipients thereof; or
(4) raising novel legal or policy issues
arising out of legal mandates, the
President’s priorities, or the principles
set forth in the Executive Order.
A regulatory impact analysis (RIA)
must be prepared for major rules with
economically significant effects ($100
million or more in any 1 year); and a
‘‘significant’’ regulatory action is subject
to review by the Office of Management
and Budget (OMB). As discussed below,
we have concluded that this rule is
likely to have economic impacts of $100
million or more in any one year, and
therefore meets the definition of
‘‘significant rule’’ under Executive Order
12866. Therefore, the Department has
provided an assessment of the potential
costs, benefits, and transfers associated
with this interim final regulation.
Accordingly, OMB has reviewed this
interim final regulation pursuant to the
Executive Order.
1. Need for Regulatory Action
Consistent with the provisions in
Section 2718 of the PHS Act, this
interim final rule requires health
insurance issuers offering coverage in
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
the individual and group markets to
provide a rebate to consumers if they do
not spend a specified portion of
premium income on reimbursement for
clinical services (i.e., incurred claims)
and activities that improve quality.
Section 2718(a) of the PHS Act
(captioned ‘‘clear accounting of costs’’)
requires health insurance issuers to
‘‘submit to the Secretary a report
concerning the ratio of the incurred loss
(or incurred claims) plus the loss
adjustment expense (or change in
contract reserves) to earned premiums.’’
Section 2718(b) of the PHS Act
(captioned ‘‘ensuring that consumers
receive value for their premium
payments’’) requires issuers to provide
an annual rebate to each enrollee if the
ratio of the amount of premium revenue
expended on reimbursement for clinical
services and activities that improve
quality is less than the applicable
minimum standards, specifies how the
rebate is to be calculated, and allows the
Secretary to adjust the 80 percent
minimum MLR threshold if the
Secretary determines that applying this
standard may destabilize the individual
market in a given State. Section 2718(c)
of the PHS Act directs the NAIC to
establish uniform definitions and
calculation methodologies subject to
certification by the Secretary. As
discussed elsewhere in this preamble,
after considering the NAIC’s
recommendations, HHS in this interim
final regulation certifies and adopts
them in full. Consistent with Section
2718(b)(3) of the PHS Act, which
requires the Secretary to promulgate
regulations, this interim final regulation
sets forth the provisions in Sections
2718(a) through (c) and is needed for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
their implementation to provide rules
that issuers can use to implement
effective processes for reporting the
required data and calculating and
paying applicable rebates.
2. Summary of Impacts
In accordance with OMB Circular
A–4, Table VI.1 below depicts an
accounting statement summarizing the
Department’s assessment of the benefits,
costs, and transfers associated with this
regulatory action. The Department
limited the period covered by the
regulatory impact analysis (RIA) to
2011–2013 Estimates are not provided
for subsequent years both because there
will be significant changes in the
marketplace in 2014 related to the
offering of new individual and small
group plans through the exchanges, and
because there will be statutorily
required adjustments to the MLR
formula to account for payments or
receipts for risk adjustment, risk
corridors, and reinsurance under
sections 1341, 1342, and 1343 of the
Affordable Care Act that are not
effective until 2014. Those provisions
require additional regulations that have
not yet been promulgated.
The Department anticipates that the
transparency and standardization of
MLR reporting in this interim final
regulation will help consumers to
ensure that they receive good value for
their premium dollars. Additionally, the
inclusion of activities that improve
quality in calculating the MLR could
help to increase the level of investment
in and implementation of effective
quality improving activities, which
could result in improved quality
outcomes and lead to a healthier
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74893
population. The Department estimates
that issuers’ total one-time
administrative costs related to the MLR
reporting, record retention, and rebate
payment and notification requirements
represent less than 0.02 percent of their
total premiums for accident and health
coverage, and their total annual ongoing
administrative costs related to these
requirements represent less than 0.01
percent of their total premiums for
accident and health coverage. Executive
Order 12866 also requires consideration
of the ‘‘distributive impacts’’ and
‘‘equity’’ of a regulation. As described in
this RIA, this regulatory action will help
ensure that issuers spend at least a
specified portion of premium income on
reimbursement for clinical services and
quality improving activities and will
result in a decrease in the proportion of
health insurance premiums spent on
administration and profit. It will require
issuers to pay rebates to consumers if
this standard is not met. As the table
shows, although we are unable to
quantify benefits, the transfers (rebates
from issuers to consumers) could be
substantial—estimated monetized
rebates of $0.6 billion to $1.4 billion
annually. As noted, Executive Order
12866 requires consideration of
‘‘distributive impacts’’ and ‘‘equity.’’ The
rebates will help insure that issuers
spend at least a specified portion of
premium income on reimbursement for
clinical services and quality
improvement, resulting in less disparate
MLRs and value to consumers across
issuers and States. In accordance with
Executive Order 12866, the Department
believes that the benefits of this
regulatory action justify the costs.
BILLING CODE 4150–03–P
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74894
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
ER01DE10.064
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
BILLING CODE 4150–03–C
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
3. Qualitative Discussion of Anticipated
Benefits, Costs and Transfers
The medical loss ratio (MLR) is an
accounting statistic that, stated simply,
measures the percentage of total
premiums that insurance companies
spend on health care and quality
initiatives, versus what they spend on
administration, marketing and profit. In
the following sections, we discuss some
of the anticipated benefits, costs and
transfers associated with the Affordable
Care Act MLR requirements.
a. Benefits
In developing this interim final
regulation, the Department carefully
considered its potential effects
including both costs and benefits.
Because of data limitations, the
Department did not attempt to quantify
the benefits of this regulation.
Nonetheless, the Department was able to
identify several potential benefits which
are discussed below.
Health insurance markets in the
United States are often not highly
competitive. The share of the US
population living in areas where
markets are least competitive has been
increasing.2 Even in markets with
multiple competing plans, lack of
transparency in pricing may prevent
adequate competition based on the
value of product, since it is difficult to
ascertain if a low premium is due to
high efficiency, low coverage of medical
claims, or a healthy underlying
population of enrollees. As a result,
insurers can provide an inefficient, lowvalue product without consumers being
fully aware of what they are purchasing.
A potential benefit to this regulation is
greater market transparency and
improved ability of consumers to make
informed insurance choices. The
uniform reporting required under this
regulation, along with other programs
required by Affordable Care Act such as
https://www.HealthCare.gov, a Web site
with plan-level information, will mean
that consumers will have better data to
inform their choices, enabling the
market to operate more efficiently.
In addition, issuers that would not
otherwise meet the MLR minimum
defined by this regulation may increase
spending on quality-promoting
activities. These programs, which
include case management, care
coordination, chronic disease
management and medication
compliance, have the potential to create
a societal benefit by improving
outcomes and population health.
2 Dafny, Leemore S.. 2010. ‘‘Are Health Insurance
Markets Competitive?’’ American Economic Review,
100(4): 1399–1431.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
Issuers that would not otherwise meet
the MLR minimum may also expand
covered benefits or reduce cost sharing.
To the extent that these changes result
in increased consumption of effective
health services, the regulation could
result in improved health outcomes,
thereby creating a societal benefit.
b. Costs
The Department has identified the
primary sources of costs associated with
this regulation as the costs associated
with reporting, recordkeeping, rebate
notifications and payments, and other
costs.
The Department estimates that issuers
will incur approximately $33 million to
$67 million in one-time administrative
costs, and $11 million to $29 million in
annual ongoing administrative costs
related to complying with the
requirements of this interim final
regulation from 2011 through 2013.
Additional details relating to these costs
are discussed later in this regulatory
impact analysis.
Other Costs—There are two other
potential types of costs associated with
this regulation: Costs of potential
increases in medical care use, the cost
of additional quality-improving
activities, and costs to consumers if
some issuers decide to limit offered
products as a result of this interim final
regulation.
As discussed under benefits, there
may be increases in quality-improving
activities or in consumption of medical
care due to this regulation. Both of these
very likely have some benefit to
enrollees but they also represent an
additional cost to issuers and society.
It is also possible that some issuers in
particular areas or markets will not be
able to operate profitably when required
to comply with the requirements of this
regulation. They may respond by
changing or reducing the number of
products they offer. The Department
anticipates that issuers’ decisions
regarding whether to limit offered
products will not be governed solely by
short-term profitability. Issuers are
likely to consider whether they expect
to be successful competitors in
Exchanges in 2014 and beyond.3 Some
low MLR plans may decide to leave a
given market entirely or be acquired by
a larger company, while other low MLR
plans (particularly those that are
subsidiaries of larger organizations) may
3 Bernstein, Jill, ‘‘Recognizing Destabilization in
the Individual Health Insurance Market,’’ Changes
in Health Care Financing and Organization (HCFO)
Issue Brief, July 2010, accessed at https://
www.hcfo.org/files/hcfo/
HCFO%20Policy%20Brief%20July%202010.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74895
find ways to achieve higher MLRs
through increased efficiencies.
To the extent that issuers do decide to
limit product offerings, group
purchasers or individual enrollees in
these plans may bear some costs
associated with searching for and
enrolling in a new insurance plan. For
employers, particularly small
employers, these costs may include
increased administrative expenses. For
consumers, this may lead to reduced
choice, the inability to purchase similar
coverage, and higher search costs
related to finding affordable insurance
coverage. States may apply for an
adjustment of the MLR threshold in the
individual market if the Secretary
concurs that the adjustment is necessary
to prevent market destabilization. This
could mitigate the potential costs.
c. Transfers
To the extent that insurers’ MLR
experience falls short of the minimum
thresholds, they must provide rebates to
enrollees. These rebates would reflect
transfers of income from the insurers or
their shareholders to the policy holders.
Based on the methods described above,
we have estimated ranges for the rebates
that may occur during 2011–2013.
These estimates are discussed later in
this regulatory impact analysis (see
Tables VI.7, VI.8, and VI.9).
4. Overview of Data Sources, Methods,
and Limitations
The most complete source of data on
the number of licensed entities offering
fully insured, private comprehensive
major medical coverage in the
individual and group markets is the
National Association of Insurance
Commissioners (NAIC) Annual
Financial Statements and Policy
Experience Exhibits database. These
data contain multiple years of
information on issuers’ revenues,
expenses, and enrollment collected on
various NAIC financial exhibits called
‘‘Blanks’’ that issuers submit to the NAIC
through State insurance regulators. The
NAIC has four different Blanks for
different types of insurers: Health, Life,
Property & Casualty, and Fraternal
issuers.4 A Technical Appendix for this
analysis, available at https://
www.hhs.gov/ociio/regulations/
index.html, provides more detail on the
4 If a company’s premiums and reserve ratios for
its health insurance products equals 95 percent or
more of their total business for both the current and
prior reporting years, a company files its annual
statement using the Health Blank. Otherwise, a
company files the annual statement associated with
the type of license held in its domiciliary State, i.e.
it files either the Life, Property& Casualty, or
Fraternal Blank.
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74896
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
and 2 percent of earned premiums). The
Technical Appendix (available at
https://www.hhs.gov/ociio/regulations/
index.html) contains a detailed
description of the limitations of the
NAIC data, and the data edits that were
made by the Department. We use the
remaining 442 companies to estimate
the regulatory impacts discussed below.
number of issuers that will be affected
by the requirements of this interim final
regulation at the company level because
this is the level at which issuers
currently submit their annual financial
reports to the NAIC (including both
company- and State-level exhibits
where appropriate). However, because
issuers will be required to report MLRs
and calculate any rebates that are owed
at the company/State level for each
market in which they offer coverage (for
example, individual, small group, large
group), we have estimated rebates by
‘‘licensed entity’’ (company/State
combination) for each market.
Table VI.2 shows the estimated
distribution of issuers offering coverage
in the individual, small group and large
group markets for the analytic sample
used in this RIA.9 Approximately 70
percent (311) of these issuers offer
coverage in the individual market, 77
percent (342) offer coverage in the small
group market, and 77 percent (338) offer
coverage in the large group market.
Approximately half (224) of these
issuers offer coverage in all three
markets that are subject to the MLR
requirements, while the other half offer
coverage in one or two of the markets
that are subject to the requirements (118
and 100, respectively).
Additionally, the Department
estimates that there are 74.8 million
enrollees in the analytic sample in
coverage that is subject to the
requirements in this interim final rule,
including approximately 10.6 million
enrollees in individual market coverage
(estimated based on ‘‘life years’’ for 2009
NAIC Health and Life Blank filers,
which as discussed earlier excludes data
for companies that are not required to
file annual statements with the NAIC),
24.2 million enrollees in small group
coverage, and 40.0 million enrollees in
large group coverage (excluding
enrollees in companies that did not file
annual financial statements on the
NAIC’s Health or Life Blanks in 2009).10
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
precise NAIC data sources used for this
analysis.
A total of 618 insurers offering
comprehensive major medical coverage
filed annual financial statements in
2009, with the Health and Life Blank
filers accounting for approximately 99
percent of all comprehensive major
medical premiums earned. It is for this
reason that we have restricted our
analysis to Health and Life Blank
companies. Comprehensive major
medical coverage 5—including both
coverage offered in the individual and
group markets that is subject to this
interim final regulation—accounted for
approximately 47.8 percent of all
Accident and Health (A&H) premiums
in 2009.
Although the NAIC data represent the
best available data source with which to
estimate impacts of the MLR regulation,
the data contain certain limitations that
should be noted. For example, the NAIC
data do not include issuers regulated by
California’s Department of Managed
Health Care (DMHC) as well as small,
single-State insurers that are not
required by State regulators to submit
NAIC annual financial statements.
When we compare the NAIC enrollment
data to InterStudy data, we estimate that
these limitations cause the NAIC data to
exclude approximately 9 percent of the
total fully insured, private
comprehensive major medical market.6
Additionally, the NAIC data do not
break out small and large group
coverage at the State level, and
administrative expenses such as taxes
are reported at the national level for all
A&H lines of business. We developed
imputation methods to account for these
limitations. Finally, we made several
edits to the data that led us to exclude
from the analysis 176 of the companies
that the NAIC data identify as reporting
comprehensive major medical
coverage.7 However, these excluded
companies represent a small portion of
the overall comprehensive major
medical market (3 percent of life years
5. Estimated Number of Affected
Entities Subject to the MLR Provisions
Section 2718(a) of the PHS Act
specifies that the MLR provisions apply
to health insurance issuers offering
group or individual health insurance
coverage, including grandfathered
health plans. As discussed earlier in this
preamble, in this context, the term
‘‘issuer’’ has the same meaning provided
in 45 CFR 144.103, which states that an
issuer is ‘‘an insurance company,
insurance service, or insurance
organization (including an HMO) that is
required to be licensed to engage in the
business of insurance in a State and that
is subject to State law that regulates
insurance (within the meaning of
section 514(b)(2) of ERISA).’’ As
discussed elsewhere in this preamble,
and consistent with the NAIC
recommendations, the MLR provisions
in this interim final rule apply to issuers
that offer comprehensive major medical
coverage, and these issuers will be
required to report these data and
determine if rebates are owed at the
company, State, and market level (e.g.,
individual, small group, and large
group).8 The following sections
summarize the Department’s estimates
of the number of entities that will be
affected by the requirements of this
interim final regulation.
a. Estimated Number of Affected
Entities
The MLR provisions will apply to all
health insurance issuers offering
comprehensive major medical coverage
in the individual and group markets.
For purposes of the regulatory impact
analysis, we have estimated the total
BILLING CODE 4150–03–P
5 Comprehensive major medical coverage sold to
associations and trusts has been included in
individual comprehensive major medical coverage
for purposes of the RIA. The Department’s estimates
exclude Medigap, which is reported separately in
the NAIC data from comprehensive major medical
coverage offered in the individual and group
markets. The NAIC data do not allow us to identify
mini-med plans or expatriate plans.
6 This estimate is based on a comparison of 2008
NAIC and InterStudy data. Interstudy data report
79.7 million enrollees for comprehensive major
medical coverage in 2008 whereas NAIC data report
approximately 72.9 million enrollees. The NAIC
enrollment number represents 91 percent of the
Interstudy total enrollment figure.
7 These exclusions reflect the restriction to Health
and Life Blank companies, which drops 22
Fraternal and Property and Casualty companies
from the analysis.
8 This includes some issuers that offer mini-med
plans which, as discussed elsewhere in the
preamble, often cover the same types of medical
services as comprehensive medical plans, but have
low annual benefit limits and typically have lower
premiums than plans providing higher ceilings on
benefits. Data for mini-med plans are not broken out
separately from other data that issuers reported to
NAIC in 2009. Therefore, the regulatory impact
analysis does not include separate estimates
relating to mini-med plans.
9 As noted above, the analytic sample excludes
companies that are regulated by the Department of
Managed Health Care in California, as well as small,
single-State insurers that are not required by State
regulators to submit NAIC annual financial
statements.
10 The estimate provided here of the size of the
individual market differs from estimates provided
in previous rulemaking for a number of reasons.
First, as discussed in this regulatory impact
assessment, issuers that are regulated by the
Department of Managed Health Care in California
do not file with the NAIC. Second, and more
importantly, the estimate provided here is of
enrollment at an average point in time, while
previous estimates included people who were
enrolled at some point during the year. Third, the
Current Population Survey, which was the source
of previous estimates, is thought by some analysts
to overestimate the number of people purchasing
individual coverage.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
b. Characteristics of the Affected
Entities
Table VI.3 provides additional
information about the characteristics of
the issuers that are subject to the MLR
requirements. Most (80 percent) of these
companies are subsidiaries of larger
carriers, and more than two thirds (315)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
only offer coverage in a single State. A
third (143) of the issuers that are subject
to the MLR requirements collected less
than $50 million in earned premiums
for individual and group comprehensive
major medical coverage in 2009, 21
percent (92) collected $50 to $149
million, 31 percent (138) collected $150
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74897
to $999 million, and 16 percent (69)
collected $1 billion or more in earned
premiums that year. Meanwhile, 80
percent of the affected issuers also offer
other types of accident and health
coverage that is not subject to the
requirements of this interim final
regulation.
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
ER01DE10.065
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
74898
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
ER01DE10.066
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
BILLING CODE 4150–03–C
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
While all 442 of these issuers will be
subject to the requirements of this
interim final regulation, the Department
estimates only a subset of these
companies will be required to pay MLRrelated rebates to policyholders during
any given year. The following section
contains estimates of the number of
entities whose coverage will not meet
the applicable minimum MLR
thresholds, the estimated MLR rebate
payments, and the estimated number of
enrollees that would receive the MLR
rebates.
6. Estimated MLR Rebate Payments
To date, there have been few
published studies that document MLRs
for comprehensive major medical
coverage offered in the individual, small
group and large group markets at the
State and company levels nationwide.11
Additionally, as discussed earlier, there
are a number of challenges related to
using the 2009 NAIC data. Despite these
limitations, the Department believes
that the 2009 NAIC data provide a
reasonable basis for developing a model
to be used for estimating the universe of
entities that are likely to be affected by
the MLR requirements, and estimating a
potential range of other impacts
including rebate amounts.12
Specifically, the Department believes
that a reasonable range of assumptions
can be applied to the 2009 NAIC data
making it the best available source for
estimating the potential impacts of this
interim final regulation. Therefore,
using data from NAIC annual financial
statements, the Department summarized
data on traditional or unadjusted MLR
values prior to the enactment of
Affordable Care Act and estimated the
impact of the Affordable Care Act’s MLR
provisions on the market.
In considering how to model the MLR
impacts, the Department examined State
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
11 For
example, the Senate Commerce Committee
used NAIC data to report on nationwide MLRs for
selected companies, but did not analyze MLRs at
the State level (see ‘‘Implementing Health Insurance
Reform: New Medical Loss Ratio Information for
Policymakers and Consumers: Staff Report For
Chairman Rockefeller,’’ U. S. Senate, Committee on
Commerce, Science and Transportation, April 15,
2010, accessed at https://commerce.senate.gov/
public/index.cfm?p=Reports). It is also important to
note that MLRs calculated for other purposes may
not provide an accurate picture of MLRs under the
Affordable Care Act, which includes adjustments
for administrative expenses related to quality
improving activities and small plans.
12 The NAIC has developed a ‘‘Supplemental
Blank’’ that will be used to collect 2010
comprehensive major medical data by company,
State and market that are consistent with the
uniform definitions and standardized calculation
methodologies that NAIC was required to develop
under Section 2718(c) of the PHS Act (subject to
certification by the Secretary). However, this
information will not be available until the Spring
of 2011.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
experience with various types of related
policies. Some States have traditionally
used MLR standards for reviewing rate
filings, others have set minimum
standards, a few States require rebates to
be made if minimum standards are not
met, and many States have no
requirements. The Department estimates
that prior to the enactment of the
Affordable Care Act, approximately 32
States (including the District of
Columbia) had enacted requirements
relating to minimum MLR standards or
administrative expense limits for
coverage in at least some segments of
the individual and group markets,13
primarily in the context of submitting
historical and anticipated loss ratios as
part of their rate filings; approximately
19 States did not have any minimum
MLR requirements for individual or
group coverage prior to the enactment of
the Affordable Care Act. State-level
MLR requirements, where they existed,
often varied by the type of coverage
being offered, were sometimes optional,
and lacked standardization in the way
that the MLRs were to be calculated. In
addition, States’ minimum MLR
requirements were often quite low—
approximately 10 States had loss ratio
requirements that were as low as 55
percent for at least some segments of the
market, and another 13 States had
minimum MLR thresholds between 60
and 75 percent for at least some
segments of the market. The Department
estimates that nine States have enacted
minimum MLR thresholds or
administrative expense limits requiring
that at least 80 percent of premiums be
spent on clinical services in at least
some segments of the individual and
group markets.
For several reasons, the State
experience with MLR requirements was
not useful for modeling the effects of
imposing an 80 percent MLR
requirement nationwide for the
individual and small group markets,
and an 85 percent MLR requirement
nationwide for the large group market.
First, as described above, the States
varied considerably in terms of MLR
definitions and policy implementation.
The experience of the nine States that
have enacted 80 percent or higher MLR
13 This is consistent with America’s Health
Insurance Plans (AHIP) data, which suggest that
there are 32 States that have established MLR
guidelines or imposed limitations on administrative
expenses for comprehensive major medical
insurance (excluding States that require filing of
loss ratios, but have not established minimum
standards), see ‘‘State Mandatory Medical Loss Ratio
(MLR) Requirements for Comprehensive, Major
Medical Coverage: Summary of State Laws and
Regulations, as of April 15, 2010’’, AHIP, accessed
at https://www.naic.org/documents/committees_
lhatf_ahwg_100426_AHIP_MLR_Chart.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74899
thresholds for at least a portion of the
affected market may have been relevant,
but there was not sufficient data
available to estimate the impact of their
policies and generalize to the national
level. For example, in five of these
States, the 80 percent or higher
thresholds only apply to a portion of the
market.14 Additionally, there is limited
data available for several of these States;
for example, there is limited availability
of California HMO data because they do
not file with the NAIC; New Jersey first
imposed its 80 percent requirement for
the individual and small group markets
in 2009 (prior to that, the State had a 75
percent minimum MLR standard for
individual and small group coverage); 15
and New Mexico’s 80 percent and 85
percent standards for the small group
and large group markets, respectively,
were just enacted on March 3, 2010
(prior to that, the State had a 55 percent
minimum MLR standard for small group
coverage, and no minimum MLR
standard for the large group market).
Additionally, in New York and New
Jersey, the market for individual
unsubsidized insurance is extremely
small, largely as a result of rating rules.
Finally, Ohio’s provision limiting the
administrative expenses that an insurer
can spend to no more than 20 percent
applies to the insurance company as a
whole (e.g., the State does not have
separate requirements for coverage
offered in the individual, small group
and large group markets, as required by
the Affordable Care Act).16 The State’s
regulators estimate that carriers will be
close to the Affordable Care Act’s
minimum MLR thresholds for small
group and large group coverage, but that
some carriers will have to ‘‘raise the bar’’
in order to meet the standards for the
individual market.17
14 The 80 percent or higher minimum MLR
requirements apply only to HMOs in California,
only to HMO point of service plans in Arkansas,
only to small group special health care plans in
Connecticut, only to small group plans assessed 3
percent or more of the total annual amount assessed
by the State’s high risk pool in Minnesota, and only
for nonprofit medical and dental indemnity or
health and hospital service corporation individual
direct payment contracts in New York.
15 Carriers in New Jersey are required to pay
rebates if they have a loss ratio below the minimum
standard. In 2008, total standard and non-standard
market refunds paid by carriers in the State were
approximately $850,000. New Jersey Department of
Banking and Insurance, ‘‘SEH Loss Ratio and
Refund Reports for 2008,’’ April 19, 2010, accessed
at https://www.pdcbank.state.nj.us/dobi/
division_insurance/ihcseh/sehrpts/
seh08lossratiorpt.pdf.
16 Ohio Revised Code § 3923.022, accessed at
https://codes.ohio.gov/orc/3923.
17 Adamczak, Rick, ‘‘New Regs Unlikely to Have
Much Impact on Ohio Insurers,’’ Dayton Legal
News, November 1, 2010, accessed at https://
www.dailycourt.com/articles/index/id/7284.
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74900
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
It is difficult to draw general lessons
from the experience in these nine States
about the likely results of imposing an
80 percent MLR requirement for the
individual and small group market
nationwide—relevant data are not
available in many of the States, the level
of aggregation is not consistent in one of
the States, and rating rules in two of the
States are so different than in most of
the rest of the country that results are
not likely to be generalizable. Most
importantly, in all nine States data were
not available over a sufficient time
period to establish causality between
State policies and observed MLRs.
a. Data Limitations and Modeling
Assumptions
As discussed earlier in section VI.B.4
of this regulatory impact analysis, and
in a Technical Appendix that is
available at https://www.hhs.gov/ociio/
regulations/, the available
data are less than perfect for the task at
hand. Among the larger imperfections:
The data do not measure quality
improving activities as defined by this
interim final regulation; the data for
some issuers and States are clearly in
error; and the data capture
administrative expenses at the national
level, but do not allocate them to States
or to markets (individual, small group,
and large group).
The Department expects that as a
result of this interim final regulation
that issuer behavior may well change,
and even if the data could precisely
measure MLRs in 2009, MLRs in 2011
may well be different as a result of
issuer behavioral change. However, for
purposes of this analysis we do not
explicitly model these behavioral
changes in our estimates. Potential
behavioral changes as a result of this
regulation and impact on our estimates
are discussed below, including:
• Insurer Pricing Policy—Companies
will likely consider a number of
responses in pricing 2011 policies (e.g.,
reducing premium increases or increase
health care expenditures) that would
minimize or avoid rebates. As a result
of these anticipated responses, estimates
based on the 2009 data would result in
upwardly biased estimates of potential
rebates;
• Allocation of Expenses Across
States and Markets and Affiliates—
Issuers were not previously required to
allocate company-level expenses by
State and by line of business in their
annual financial report submissions to
the NAIC. However, companies are
likely to focus more attention on the
methodologies that they use for
allocating administrative expenses now
that this information will be used in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
determining if they owe rebates for a
given company/State/market. The
choices issuers make in determining
allocation methods could have a
material impact on MLR rebates;
• Activities That Improve Quality—
Issuers may increase their qualityimproving activities given the financial
incentive to do so, or newly describe
existing activities as such, and spending
on these activities may vary
significantly by State or company;
• Other Changes in Categorization—
Companies are expected to carefully
scrutinize all of their expenditures to
determine whether some could
legitimately be categorized as
expenditures for clinical services or
quality improvement based on the
definitions implemented by this
regulation;
• Other Behavioral Changes—It is
unclear to what extent companies may
make other behavioral changes that
could affect MLR rebates (e.g.,
expanding coverage to increase medical
claims, limiting premium increases,
consolidation, etc.); and
• Potential Impact of Destabilization
Policy—It is unknown to what extent
State Commissioners of Insurance will
request adjustments of the 80 percent
individual market minimum MLR
threshold under the destabilization
policy, and unknown whether the
justifications provided with these
requests will be sufficient to allow the
Secretary to grant the adjustments.
Thus, it is unknown how these potential
adjustments will affect the size of MLR
rebates.
b. Methods for Estimating MLR Rebates
The analysis includes estimates that
are based on both unadjusted and
adjusted MLRs. Information on
unadjusted MLRs, which are simply
incurred claims divided by earned
premiums, is included to assess the
impact of the adjustments allowed by
the regulation on companies’ State-level
MLRs.18
The adjusted MLRs include three sets
of adjustments for: (1) Taxes and fees;
(2) credibility adjustments; and (3)
quality improvements. First, the
adjustments include deductions for
Federal and State taxes and licensing
and regulatory fees from premiums.
These adjustments follow the policy
described in the regulation.
Second, they apply estimates of the
credibility adjustments for licensed
entities that have partially credible
experience, that is, issuers with life
years that are greater than or equal to
1,000 life years but less than 75,000 life
years, based on the 2009 NAIC data.19
Section D of the preamble describes the
rationale and method for calculating
credibility adjustments. As stated in this
section, there are two components to the
credibility adjustment: A base factor
that depends on the number of life years
a company has in a particular market
and State and a factor that depends on
average per person deductible for the
experience reported in the MLR for a
particular market and State. The total
credibility adjustment to the MLR
equals the base factor times the
deductible factor. We used linear
interpolation to calculate the base
credibility adjustment factor for life
years that fall between the values in
Table 1 of the preamble.
Third, the adjusted MLRs reported in
this analysis also incorporate
assumptions about the size of expenses
for quality improvement activities, as
well as assumptions about other actions
that insurers might take to increase their
reported MLR. Because the definitions
of quality improving activities are new
to this rule, the NAIC data collected in
2009 cannot be used to directly estimate
how much insurers spent on quality
improving activities in 2009 or how
much they are expected to spend on
these activities in 2011. The closest
category in the NAIC data is ‘‘cost
containment expenses’’, which averaged
approximately 1 percent of premiums in
2009, but the definition of quality
improving activities includes many
activities that were not included in cost
containment expenses. Discussions with
industry experts suggest that quality
improving activities are likely to
account for an average of approximately
3 percent of premium, but there is
substantial uncertainty concerning this
estimate. Few observers think that
quality improving activities will be
greater than 5 percent of premium, and
few expect that they will be less than 1
percent of premium. In the mid-range
estimate, the Department assumes that
quality improving activities will
account for 3 percent of premium, and
uses the 1 percent and 5 percent
estimates as the range in a sensitivity
analysis.
In addition to uncertainty about the
magnitude of quality improving
activities, as discussed above, there are
many other sources of uncertainty about
how insurers will respond to this
18 As discussed earlier, data for mini-med plans
are not broken out separately from other data that
issuers reported to NAIC in 2009. Therefore, this
regulatory impact analysis does not include
separate estimates relating to mini-med plans.
19 For purposes of this analysis, the Department
has not made any assumptions relating to the
potential for annual fluctuations in the estimated
number of issuers with non-credible and partially
credible experience.
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
74901
The Department further assumes that
issuers with an MLR that is already
above the minimum threshold (80
percent in the individual and small
group markets, 85 percent in the large
group market) will have less incentive
to change their behavior in an attempt
to increase their MLR than will issuers
with lower MLRs that would require
them to pay rebates. In the mid-range
and low-rebate scenarios, the
Department assumes that issuers whose
adjusted MLR is above the minimum
threshold after an assumed 3 percent
increase for quality improving activities
will not further increase the MLR with
additional quality improving activities
or other behavioral changes.
Table VI.4 summarizes the values that
are added to the base MLR to adjust for
quality improving expenses and other
behavioral uncertainties.
Adjusted MLR = (c)/(p¥t¥f) + (b * d)
+ u,
Finally, to estimate impacts for each
year covered by the regulation, we
assume that the number of issuers,
enrollment, and experience are stable
over time. This interim final regulation
requires that experience be combined
across multiple years for issuers that are
not fully credible based on a single year
of data. Given the assumption that
enrollment is stable over time, the
Department estimates that issuers which
are not fully credible in 2011 will have
twice as much enrollment in the
combined experience for 2011 and 2012,
and three times as much enrollment in
the combined 2011 through 2013 data.
As a result, the magnitude of the
credibility adjustment in 2012 will be
smaller than in 2011, and smaller again
in 2013. The Department is unable to
model the impact of losing the MLR
20 The text states that in the mid-range
assumption, quality improving activities will
account for 3 percent of premium. In the formula
above, quality improving (and other behavioral
change assumptions) are expressed as percentage
point increases in the MLR amount. That is, in the
mid-range assumption, we assume that quality
improvement expenses will add 3 percentage points
to the MLR. As a practical matter, because Federal
and State taxes and licensing and regulatory fees are
quite small, there is virtually no difference between
assuming that quality improvement expenses
account for 3 percent of premium or assuming that
they will add 3 percentage points to the MLR.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
p = earned premiums
t = Federal and State taxes
f = licensing and regulatory fees
b = base credibility adjustment factor
d = deductible credibility adjustment factor
u = low, medium, or high assumptions to
account for quality improving activities,
unknown behavioral changes and data
measurement error
We then calculate rebates for a company
whose adjusted MLR value in a State
falls below the minimum MLR standard
in a given market using the following
formulas:
Rebates = [(m¥a) * (p¥t¥f)]
where m = minimum MLR standard for a
particular market
a = adjusted State MLR for that market
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
ER01DE10.067
other behavioral changes may increase
MLRs by an additional 2 percentage
points will result in estimated MLRs in
the low-rebate scenario being 7
percentage points higher than they
would be with no allowance for either
quality improving activities or other
behavioral changes. Consultation with
industry experts suggests that this is a
reasonable upper bound for the lowrebate assumption as an average for the
industry. It is possible that some issuers
may invest greater than 5 percent of
premium in quality improving
activities, or change their behavior in
ways that result in a greater than 2
percentage point increase in MLR, but
the Department thinks it is unlikely that
the changes across the industry for
quality improving activities and
behavioral changes will be greater than
7 percentage points.
These three sets of adjustments are
combined to produce the following
formula for estimating companies’
adjusted MLRs for the individual, small
group, and large group markets by State,
rounded to the nearest thousandth
decimal place as dictated in the
regulation: 20
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
interim final regulation, and the effects
of these responses on MLRs and rebate
amounts.
Given the combination of data
imperfections and behavioral
uncertainties, the Department has
chosen to provide a range of estimates,
based on a range of assumptions. A
reasonable range of assumptions is that,
in the mid-range estimate, MLRs will
increase by 1 percentage point relative
to the data reported in 2009, with a
reasonable bound for this assumption
being on one end, no change from the
2009 data, and, on the other end, an
assumption that MLRs will increase by
2 percentage points relative to the 2009
data.
Combined with the low-rebate
assumption that quality improving
activities will increase MLRs by 5
percentage points, the assumption that
74902
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
credibility adjustment beginning in
2013 if licensed entities report partially
credible experience for the current year
and the two previous years and have
MLRs below the minimum standard in
all three years. Rebates are estimated in
2011 through 2013 by applying the
projected growth rate in private health
insurance premiums from the National
Health Expenditures Accounts to the
2009 NAIC adjusted premiums.
However, the analysis does simulate the
impact of doubling life years in 2012 or
tripling life years in 2013 for licensed
entities that have non-credible or
partially credible experience using a
single year of data to estimate how this
affects the portion of insurers that are
deemed to have credible experience as
well as their associated MLR values in
those years. Additionally, rebates are
estimated in 2011 through 2013 by
applying the projected growth rate in
private health insurance premiums from
the National Health Expenditures
Accounts (per privately insured) to the
2009 NAIC adjusted premiums.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
c. Estimated Number of Issuers and
Individuals Affected By the MLR Rebate
Requirements
As shown in Table VI.5, the
Department estimates that 68 percent of
the licensed entities (State/company
combinations) nationwide selling
comprehensive major medical insurance
in the individual market in 2011 will
have fewer than 1,000 enrollees in at
least one State, and will be designated
as ‘‘non-credible’’ according to the
standards of this interim final
regulation, 30 percent of licensed
entities will be partially credible, and 2
percent will be fully credible.21 As
21 As described above, insurers with non-credible
experience are those with less than 1,000 life years
in a particular State market and they are not subject
to the rebate requirements. Insurers with partially
credible experience are those with 1,000 or more
life years but fewer than 75,000 life years. These
insurers receive a credibility adjustment to their
adjusted MLRs to account for statistical variability
that is inherent in smaller blocks of business.
Finally, insurers with fully credible experience are
those with 75,000 life years or more. Reported MLR
values for fully credible insurers are used without
a credibility adjustment in a given reporting year to
determine their rebate obligation.
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
discussed elsewhere in this preamble,
issuers with non-credible experience in
a given State, for a given market, during
a given MLR reporting year are not
required to provide any rebate to
enrollees in that State/market because
the issuer does not insure a sufficiently
large number of lives to yield a
statistically valid MLR.
Although the Department estimates
that more than two-thirds of licensed
entities (State-company combinations)
have non-credible 2011 experience for
the individual market, and will not be
required to provide rebates to their
enrollees, there are relatively few
enrollees in licensed entities that are
non-credible—the non-credible licensed
entities account for 68 percent of all
entities, but only 1 percent of enrollees
and 2 percent of earned premiums in
the individual market. Fully credible
licensed entities, accounting for only 2
percent of licensed entities, account for
50 percent of enrollees and 49 percent
of premiums.
BILLING CODE 4150–03–P
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74903
ER01DE10.068
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
74904
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
d. Impact of Adjustments on MLRs
Non-credible entities account for a
smaller share of total entities, and a
smaller share of enrollees and premiums
in the small group market than in the
individual market, and an even smaller
share in the large group market than in
the small group market. Conversely,
fully credible entities are a larger share
of the market in both the small group
and large group markets than in the
individual market.
As described above, the Department
assumes that MLRs and enrollment are
constant in 2012 and 2013. As a result
of this assumption, the number of noncredible entities declines somewhat in
2012 and again in 2013, because
experience is combined across multiple
years.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
BILLING CODE 4150–03–C
As shown in Table VI.6, the estimated
average unadjusted MLR among all fully
or partially credible entities in the
individual market in 2011 is expected to
be 79.5 percent—very close, on average,
to the 80 percent minimum threshold
required under the Affordable Care Act.
When adjustments are made for taxes,
licensing and regulatory fees, quality
improving activities, and assumed
behavioral changes, the Department’s
mid-range estimate is that the average
MLR in the individual market in 2011
will be 86.5 percent, with a low-range
estimate (where low-range refers to lowrange for the rebate estimate) of 87.2
percent, and a high-range rebate
estimate of 84.2 percent. The mid-range
estimate is approximately 7 percentage
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
points above the unadjusted estimate.
Of this difference, 3.5 percentage points
results from the assumption made about
quality improving and other behavior
assumptions (3 percentage points for
quality improving activities and 0.5
percentage points for other behavioral
assumptions), and 3.6 of the percentage
point difference comes from the other
adjustments, primarily the exclusion of
Federal and State taxes and licensing
and regulatory fees from the
denominator, as well as the credibility
adjustment.
The average adjusted MLR in the
small group market in 2011 is estimated
to be 90.8 percent for the mid-range
estimate, and is estimated at 94.2
percent for the mid-range estimate in
the large group market.
BILLING CODE 4150–03–P
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74905
BILLING CODE 4150–03–C
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
ER01DE10.069
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
74906
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
e. Estimated Range of MLR Rebates
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
As shown in Table VI.7, in the midrange estimate in the individual market,
rebates in 2011 are estimated to be $521
million. The $521 million accounts for
approximately 7 percent of premium
revenue at companies required to pay a
rebate—that is, the average rebate at
companies required to pay a rebate in
the individual market is estimated to be
7 percent of premium. The $521 million
accounts for approximately 2 percent of
all premiums written in the individual
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
market. Approximately 3.2 million
people, accounting for approximately 30
percent of enrollees in the individual
market are estimated to receive a rebate,
and the average rebate per person
receiving a rebate is estimated as $164.
Over the 2011–2013 period, the
Department’s mid-range estimate is that
rebates will total $1.8 billion in the
individual market, $770 million in the
small group market, and $440 million in
the large group market. Additionally,
the Department estimates that 9.9
million enrollees in the individual
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
market, 2.3 million enrollees in the
small group market, and 2.7 million
enrollees in the large group market will
receive rebates over the 2011–2013
period under the mid-range estimate.
Summing across all three markets, the
mid-range estimate is a total of $3.0
billion in rebates over the 2011–2013
period. The low rebate estimate across
all three markets for 2011–2013 is $2.0
billion, and the high rebate estimate is
$4.9 billion.
BILLING CODE 4150–03–P
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74907
ER01DE10.070
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
ER01DE10.071
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
74908
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
74909
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
ER01DE10.072
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
BILLING CODE 4150–03–C
74910
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
In the low-rebate estimate, total
rebates in the individual market are
estimated at $337 million, with 21
percent of enrollees in the individual
market estimated to receive a rebate,
and in the high-rebate scenario, $839
million, with 50 percent of enrollees.22
Estimated rebates in the small group
market range from $166 million to $359
million, with a mid-range estimate of
$226 million (Table VI.8), and from $84
million to $258 million in the large
group market, with a mid-range estimate
of $121 million. In both the small group
and large group (Table VI.9) markets a
small fraction of enrollees are estimated
to receive rebates—in the mid-range
scenario, 3 percent in the small group
market and 2 percent in large group.
quantitative estimates of the potential
impact of this authority.
However, if this authority is
exercised, by definition, there would be
fewer issuers and enrollees to whom
rebates in the individual market apply.
There would also be fewer benefits as
well as costs than previously described.
While the benefit of transparency would
persist regardless of whether a rebate is
made, issuers may have less of an
incentive to improve quality or benefits
if the MLR threshold were lower than 80
percent. At the same time, the goal of
the adjustment is prevent disruption, so
individuals in States whose MLR
threshold has been adjusted would have
more health insurance options than they
otherwise would.
f. Potential Impact of State
Destabilization Adjustment Requests on
MLR Rebates
7. Estimated Administrative Costs
Related to MLR Provisions
As stated earlier in this preamble, this
interim final regulation implements the
reporting requirements of section
2718(a), describing the type of
information that is to be included in the
report to the Secretary and made
available to consumers, as well as the
rebate calculation, payment and
enforcement provisions of section
2718(b). The Department has quantified
the primary sources of start-up costs
that issuers in the individual and group
markets will incur to bring themselves
into compliance with this interim final
regulation, as well as the ongoing
annual costs that they will incur related
to these requirements. These costs and
the methodology used to estimate them
are discussed below and in the
Technical Appendix available at https://
www.hhs.gov/ociio/regulations/
index.html. Additional detail on these
estimates can be found in the Paperwork
Reduction Act section of this preamble
and we welcome comment on them.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
Section 2718(b)(1)(A)(ii) provides that
the Secretary may adjust the 80 percent
level with respect to the individual
market of a State ‘‘if the Secretary
determines that the application of such
80 percent may destabilize the
individual market in such State.’’
Subpart C of this interim final
regulation implements this provision by
setting forth who may apply, how to
apply, the criteria used in assessing an
application, and how the adjustment
would be made. It proposes that States
apply for a specific adjustment to the
individual market threshold that would
be approved only if, according to
information provided to the Secretary
and assessed by the proposed criteria,
there is a reasonable likelihood that
market destabilization would occur in
the absence of such an adjustment.
Prior to the publication of this interim
final regulation, several States have
indicated their interest in an adjustment
to the MLR threshold for their
individual markets. However, this
interest was expressed before the NAIC
recommendations and proposed rules
that may lessen the need for such an
adjustment. For example, the credibility
adjustments, newer plan adjustments,
and treatment of Federal taxes may
lessen what they had projected would
be the impact of the MLR rules. In
addition, as described earlier, the
behavioral response of issuers to the
proposed rules is uncertain. As such,
the Department has not produced
22 The average rebate per person receiving a
rebate is slightly lower in the high rebate scenario
than in the mid-range scenario because in the high
rebate scenario there are a larger number of issuers
and enrollees with MLRs that are close to the 80
percent threshold, and average rebates for these
enrollees are relatively low.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
a. Methodology and Assumptions for
Estimating Administrative Costs
The Affordable Care Act MLR
reporting requirements will affect health
insurance issuers offering coverage in
the individual and group markets,
including both the small group and
large group markets. As discussed
earlier, most of the affected issuers
currently report similar data to the
NAIC as part of their annual financial
statements. However, this interim final
regulation includes requirements related
to calculating some additional data
elements, and allocating data by
company, State and market.
As discussed earlier in this impact
analysis, in order to assess the potential
administrative burden relating to the
requirements in this interim final
regulation, the Department consulted
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
with the NAIC and an industry expert
to gain insight into the tasks and level
of effort required. Based on these
discussions, the Department estimates
that issuers will incur one-time start-up
costs associated with developing teams
to review the requirements in this
interim final regulation, and developing
processes for capturing the necessary
data (e.g., automating systems; writing
new policies for tracking expenses in
the general ledger; developing
methodologies for allocating expenses
by State, company and market; etc.).
The Department estimates that issuers
will also incur ongoing annual costs
relating to data collection, populating
the MLR reporting forms, conducting a
final internal review, submitting the
reports to the Secretary, internal audit,
record retention, and preparing and
mailing rebate notifications/payments
(where appropriate).
The Department anticipates that the
level of effort relating to these activities
will vary depending on the scope of an
issuer’s operations. Each issuer’s
estimated reporting burden is likely to
be affected by a variety of factors that
will affect the level of complexity of its
filing—including the number of markets
in which it operates (e.g., individual,
small group, large group), the number of
States and licensed entities through
which it offers coverage, the degree to
which it currently captures relevant
data at the State/company/market level,
firm size (e.g., claims, premiums,
covered lives), whether it offers other
types of A&H coverage, whether it is a
Health Blank or Life Blank filer, and
whether it is a subsidiary of a larger
carrier. The assumptions used by the
Department to estimate the
administrative burden of reporting data
needed to calculate MLRs, and
information about the uncertainties
associated with these assumptions is
provided in the Technical Appendix,
available at https://www.hhs.gov/ociio/
regulations/.
b. Estimated Costs Related to MLR
Reporting
For each MLR reporting year (defined
as a calendar year for purposes of this
interim final regulation), issuers offering
coverage in the individual and group
markets must submit a report to the
Secretary by June 1 of the following year
that complies with the requirements of
this interim final rule on a form and in
the manner prescribed by the Secretary.
For purposes of these impact estimates,
the Department assumes that there will
be a single MLR data submission for
purposes of both the NAIC annual
report and reporting to the Secretary,
and that this report would include data
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
relating to both the amounts expended
on reimbursement for clinical services,
activities that improve quality and other
non-clinical costs, as well as
information relating to rebates.
The estimated total number of MLR
data reports that issuers subject to the
MLR reporting requirements will be
required to submit to the Secretary
under the provisions of this interim
final regulation is 3,317. This is an
upper-bound estimate, assuming that all
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
issuers offering coverage in both the
individual and small group markets will
be submitting separate reports to the
Secretary for this coverage. However, as
discussed elsewhere in this preamble,
the provisions of this interim final
regulation allow issuers offering
coverage in States requiring that the
individual and small group markets be
combined to submit consolidated
reports for these two markets.
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74911
Table VI.10 shows that the
Department estimates that issuers will
incur one-time costs relating to the MLR
reporting requirements in this interim
final rule of approximately $75,018 to
$151,507 per issuer on average, and
annual ongoing costs of about $17,261
to $32,259 per issuer annually
thereafter.
BILLING CODE 4150–03–P
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
ER01DE10.073
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
74912
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
c. Estimated Costs Related to MLR
Record Retention Requirements
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
Consistent with the assumptions
discussed above, MLR record retention
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
costs are assumed to be relatively
negligible, since issuers already retain
similar data for State audits. Table VI.11
shows that the Department estimates
that issuers will incur annual ongoing
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74913
costs relating to the MLR reporting
requirements in this interim final rule of
approximately $17 to $29 per issuer on
average.
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
ER01DE10.074
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
74914
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
d. Estimated Costs Related to MLR
Rebate Notifications and Payments
Consistent with the assumptions
discussed above, rebate notification and
payment costs are expected to be
relatively negligible on a pernotification and per-check basis, in
particular because issuers have the
option of paying rebates through
premium withholds. However, the
estimated total costs relating to rebate
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
notifications and payments reflect the
relatively large numbers of enrollees
that could potentially receive rebates
during any given year, and will be
sensitive to annual fluctuations in the
number of licensed entities that owe
rebates for a given State and market.
Table VI.12 shows that the
Department estimates that in 2011,
approximately 60 to 119 issuers
(companies) will pay rebates for at least
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74915
one licensed entity/State/market
combination, and that annual ongoing
costs relating to the MLR rebate
payment and notification requirements
in this interim final rule will be
approximately $58,010 to $122,891 per
affected issuer during that year on
average. This number will be sensitive
to annual fluctuations in the number of
licensed entities that owe rebates for a
given State and market.
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
BILLING CODE 4150–03–C
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
ER01DE10.075
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
74916
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
C. Regulatory Alternatives
Under the Executive Order, the
Department is required to consider
alternatives to issuing regulations and
alternative regulatory approaches. The
Department considers a variety of
regulatory alternative below.
1. Credibility Adjustment
Section 2718(c) requires the NAIC to
develop uniform definitions and
calculation methodologies subject to
certification by the Secretary. This
section directs the NAIC to take into
account the special circumstances of
smaller plans. In response to this
direction, the NAIC recommended a
credibility adjustment for smaller plans.
After considering the NAIC’s
recommendation on credibility
adjustments, HHS has decided to certify
and adopt it in full.
One alternative to the credibility
adjustment in this interim final
regulation would be to not make any
adjustment for credibility, and to
require smaller plans to make rebate
payments on the same terms as larger
plans. If the Department had not
adopted a credibility adjustment, the
estimated mid-range rebate in the
individual market in 2011 would be
approximately $682 million, or
approximately $161 million larger than
the estimate shown in Table VI.7
including the credibility adjustment.
The mid-range estimated rebate in the
small group market would be $292
million, $66 million larger than the
estimate in Table VI.8, and the midrange estimate for the large group
market would be $178 million, $57
million larger than the estimate in Table
VI.9. As described elsewhere in this
preamble, the Department has
concluded that the credibility
adjustment as proposed will best
balance the goals of providing value to
consumers assuring that issuers with
relatively few subscribers will be able to
function effectively.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
2. Federal Taxes
As described elsewhere in this
preamble, after considering the NAIC’s
recommendation on treatment of
Federal taxes in the denominator of the
MLR calculation, HHS has decided to
certify and adopt it in full. An
alternative would have been to adopt a
narrower definition of the Federal taxes
to be excluded. If the Department had
decided that payroll and Social Security
taxes should be included in the
denominator, rather than excluded from
the denominator as provided in this
interim final regulation, the estimated
rebate in the mid-range scenario in the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
individual market would have been
$552 million, or $31 million higher than
in the estimate shown in Table VI.7.
Similarly, the effect of this regulatory
alternative in the small group and large
group markets would have been to
increase the estimated rebate by $9
million in each of these two markets. As
described elsewhere in this preamble,
the Department has concluded that
excluding payroll taxes and Social
Security taxes from the denominator
balances the legitimate needs of insurers
with the needs of consumers.
3. Quality Improving Activities
Section 2718(a)(2) of the PHS Act
requires health insurance issuers to
submit an annual report to the Secretary
concerning the percent of total premium
revenue that is spent on activities that
improve health care quality, and Section
2718(c) of the PHS Act directs the NAIC,
subject to certification by the Secretary,
to establish uniform definitions of
activities that improve health care
quality.
As discussed elsewhere in this
preamble, the NAIC recommended
definitions of quality improving
activities that are consistent with the
categories set forth in Section 2717 of
the PHS Act. After considering the
NAIC’s recommendation on the
definition of quality improving
activities, HHS has decided to certify
and adopt it in full. As discussed
elsewhere in this preamble, potential
alternatives would have been to adopt
narrower or broader definitions of
quality improving activities. These
distinctions can be made based on the
criteria for selecting quality improving
activities and/or the specific types of
activities included in the definition.
This interim final regulation defines
quality-improving activities as being
grounded in evidence-based medicine,
designed to improve the quality of care
received by an enrollee, and capable of
being objectively measured and
producing verifiable results and
achievements. A narrower definition
might include only evidence-based
quality improving initiatives, while
excluding activities that have not been
demonstrated to improve quality.
Similarly, a narrower definition would
not allow for inclusion of future
innovations before data are available
demonstrating their effectiveness.
Conversely, a broader definition
might allow additional types of
administrative expenses to be counted
as activities that improve quality—such
as network fees associated with third
party provider networks or costs
associated with converting International
Classification of Disease (ICD) code sets
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74917
from ICD–9 to ICD–10. As discussed
elsewhere in this preamble, while the
Department agrees that certain
administrative expenses should not be
counted as quality improving, some
traditional administrative activities can
qualify as quality improving if they
meet the criteria set forth in this interim
final regulation.
The Department does not have data
available to estimate the effects of
alternative definitions of quality
improving activities on MLRs, although
it should be clear that if a broader
definition of quality improving
activities had been adopted that
estimated rebates would be smaller, and
if a narrowed definition had been
adopted, estimated rebates would be
larger.
4. Level of Aggregation
As discussed elsewhere in this
preamble, the NAIC could have
recommended that MLRs be aggregated
to the national level for multi-State
companies, rather than be calculated
separately in each State. If MLRs were
calculated at the national level for
multi-State companies, estimated
rebates in the individual market in the
mid-range scenario would have been
$461 in 2011, or $60 million less than
the estimates provided in Table VI.7.
The estimated effects of national-level
aggregation on the small group and large
group markets are proportionally larger:
in the small group market, estimated
rebates in the mid-range scenario fall
from $226 million to $97 million in
2011, and in the large group market,
from $121 to $42 million.
Requiring issuers to aggregate their
individual, small group and large group
experience at the national level, rather
than by State could reduce the
administrative burden associated with
these requirements because nearly a
third of the issuers that would be
affected by the requirements of this
interim final regulation offer coverage in
multiple States. For example, under the
Department’s mid-range estimates, the
estimated number of MLR reports to the
Secretary would decrease by 29 percent
(from 3,317 to 972), and the estimated
one-time and annual ongoing costs
associated with MLR reporting would
decrease by approximately 49 percent
compared with what is shown in Table
VI.10.
Because insurance is regulated
primarily at the State level, and because
it is important for consumers in each
State to receive value for their insurance
premium, the Department has
concluded that MLRs should be
calculated at the issuer/market/State
level, rather than aggregating results to
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74918
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
the national level. After considering the
NAIC’s recommendation on the level of
aggregation for purposes of MLR
reporting and rebate calculation, HHS
has decided to certify and adopt it in
full.
We welcome comments on the likely
costs and benefits of this rule as
presented, on alternatives that would
improve the consumer and small
business purchaser information to be
provided, and on our quantitative
estimates of burden.
D. Regulatory Flexibility Act
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
requires agencies that issue a regulation
to analyze options for regulatory relief
of small businesses if a rule has a
significant impact on a substantial
number of small entities. The RFA
generally defines a ‘‘small entity’’ as
(1) a proprietary firm meeting the size
standards of the Small Business
Administration (SBA), (2) a nonprofit
organization that is not dominant in its
field, or (3) a small government
jurisdiction with a population of less
than 50,000 (States and individuals are
not included in the definition of ‘‘small
entity’’). HHS uses as its measure of
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities a
change in revenues of more than 3 to 5
percent.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act only
requires an analysis to be conducted for
those final rules for which a Notice of
Proposed Rule Making was required.
Accordingly, we have determined that a
regulatory flexibility analysis is not
required for this interim final rule.
However, the Department has
considered the likely impact of this
interim final rule on small entities.
As discussed in the Web Portal
interim final rule (75 FR 24481), HHS
examined the health insurance industry
in depth in the Regulatory Impact
Analysis we prepared for the proposed
rule on establishment of the Medicare
Advantage program (69 FR 46866,
August 3, 2004). In that analysis the
Department determined that there were
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
few if any insurance firms underwriting
comprehensive health insurance
policies (in contrast, for example, to
travel insurance policies or dental
discount policies) that fell below the
size thresholds for ‘‘small’’ business
established by the SBA (currently $7
million in annual receipts for health
insurers).23
The Department has used the data set
created from 2009 NAIC Health and Life
Blank annual financial statement data to
develop an updated estimate of the
number of small entities that offer
comprehensive major medical coverage
in the individual and small group
markets, and are therefore subject to the
MLR reporting requirements. For
purposes of this analysis, the
Department is using total Accident and
Health (A&H) earned premiums as a
proxy for annual receipts. These
estimates may overstate the actual
number of small health insurance
issuers that would be affected, since
they do not include receipts from these
companies’ other lines of business.
The Department estimates that there
are 28 small entities with less than $7
million in A&H earned premiums that
offer individual or group comprehensive
major medical coverage, and would
therefore be subject to the requirements
of this interim final regulation. These
small entities account for 6 percent of
the estimated 442 total issuers that the
Department estimates will be affected by
these requirements. The Department
estimates that 86 percent of these small
issuers are subsidiaries of larger carriers,
75 percent only offer coverage in a
single State, 68 percent only offer
individual or group comprehensive
coverage in a single market, 46 percent
also offer other types of A&H coverage,
and 29 percent are Life Blank filers.
As discussed elsewhere in this
preamble, Section 2718(c) of the PHS
Act directed the NAIC to take the
special circumstances of small plans
23 ‘‘Table of Size Standards Matched To North
American Industry Classification System Codes,’’
effective November 5, 2010, U.S. Small Business
Administration, available at https://www.sba.gov.
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
into account in developing uniform
definitions and calculation
methodologies relating to the data being
reported to the Secretary in Section
2718(a). This has been accomplished
through the credibility adjustment,
which provides that issuers with noncredible experience in a given market,
based on definitions established by the
NAIC, are not required to provide any
rebate to enrollees in that State/market
because the issuer does not insure a
sufficiently large number of lives to
yield a statistically valid MLR.
Additionally, issuers with partially
credible experience in a given State/
market are allowed to make a credibility
adjustment to their MLR during that
year.
The Department estimates that the 28
small issuers that are subject to the
requirements of this interim final
regulation offer individual and group
coverage through 73 licensed entities
(company/State combinations). For
example, the Department estimates that
all of the total 85 company/State/market
combinations offered by small entities
will be either non-credible (92 percent)
or partially credible (8 percent) in 2011.
The Department estimates that small
entities will owe approximately
$435,000 to $656,000 in rebates in 2011,
accounting for 0.5 to 0.7 percent of their
total A&H premiums during that year.
By comparison, the Department
estimates that small entities will owe
approximately $1.8 to $3.0 million in
rebates in 2013, accounting for 1.9 to 2.9
percent of their total A&H premiums
during that year.
Additionally, the Department
estimates that small entities will spend
$44,656 to $62,518 per issuer in onetime costs (accounting for 1.3 to 1.9
percent of their total A&H premiums),
and $10,240 to $14,031 per issuer in
annual ongoing costs (accounting for 0.3
to 0.4 percent of their total A&H
premiums) related to the MLR reporting,
record retention, and rebate payment
and notification requirements.
BILLING CODE 4150–03–P
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74919
BILLING CODE 4150–03–C
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
ER01DE10.076
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
74920
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
As discussed earlier, the Department
believes that these estimates overstate
the number of small entities that will be
affected by the requirements in this
interim final regulation, as well as the
relative impact of these requirements on
these entities because the Department
has based its analysis on issuers’ total
A&H earned premiums (rather than their
total annual receipts). Therefore, the
Secretary certifies that these interim
final regulations will not have
significant impact on a substantial
number of small entities. In addition,
section 1102(b) of the Social Security
Act requires us to prepare a regulatory
impact analysis if a rule may have a
significant economic impact on the
operations of a substantial number of
small rural hospitals. This analysis must
conform to the provisions of section 604
of the RFA. This interim final rule
would not affect small rural hospitals.
Therefore, the Secretary has determined
that this rule would not have a
significant impact on the operations of
a substantial number of small rural
hospitals.
E. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Section 202 of the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA)
requires that agencies assess anticipated
costs and benefits before issuing any
rule that includes a Federal mandate
that could result in expenditure in any
one year by State, local or tribal
governments, in the aggregate, or by the
private sector, of $100 million in 1995
dollars, updated annually for inflation.
In 2010, that threshold level is
approximately $135 million.
UMRA does not address the total cost
of a rule. Rather, it focuses on certain
categories of cost, mainly those ‘‘Federal
mandate’’ costs resulting from: (1)
Imposing enforceable duties on State,
local, or tribal governments, or on the
private sector; or (2) increasing the
stringency of conditions in, or
decreasing the funding of, State, local,
or tribal governments under entitlement
programs.
This interim final regulation is not
subject to the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act, because it is being issued
as an interim final regulation. However,
consistent with policy embodied in
UMRA, this interim final regulation has
been designed to be the least
burdensome alternative for State, local
and tribal governments, and the private
sector while achieving the objectives of
the Affordable Care Act.
This interim final regulation contains
MLR reporting, data retention and
rebate notification and payment
requirements for private sector firms (for
example, health insurance issuers
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
offering coverage in the individual and
group markets), but these will not cost
more than the approximately $32
million to $68 million in one-time
administrative costs, and $11 million to
$29 million in annual ongoing
administrative costs related to
complying with the requirements of this
interim final regulation that we have
estimated. This interim final rule also
contains requirements related to rebates
paid by issuers to enrollees for coverage
offered in the individual, small group,
and large group markets that does not
meet the minimum MLR standards. The
Department’s estimates that
approximately 2.8 million to 9.6 million
enrollees could receive $0.6 to $1.8
billion in rebates during any individual
year between 2011 and 2013. It includes
no mandates on State, local, or tribal
governments. Under Section 2718 of the
Affordable Care Act, issuers are required
to submit MLR data reports directly to
the Secretary. States may voluntarily
choose to review the MLR data that
issuers submit through the NAIC
supplemental blank; develop or modify
their regulations relating to MLR
definitions and calculation
methodologies, reporting and rebates;
request adjustments of the 80 percent
individual market minimum MLR
threshold under the destabilization
policy; or modify their audit
methodologies to include a more
comprehensive review of MLR data
reported under Section 2718. However,
if they choose not to do so, the Secretary
has direct enforcement authority
relating to this provision. Thus, the law
and this regulation do not impose an
unfunded mandate on States.
F. Federalism
Executive Order 13132 establishes
certain requirements that an agency
must meet when it promulgates a
proposed rule (and subsequent final
rule) that imposes substantial direct
requirement costs on State and local
governments, preempts State law, or
otherwise has Federalism implications.
In the Department’s view, while this
interim final rule does not impose
substantial direct requirement costs on
State and local governments, this
interim final regulation has Federalism
implications due to direct effects on the
distribution of power and
responsibilities among the State and
Federal governments relating to
determining and enforcing minimum
MLR standards, reporting and rebate
requirements relating to coverage that
State-licensed health insurance issuers
offer in the individual and group
markets.
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
However, the Department anticipates
that the Federalism implications (if any)
are substantially mitigated because the
Affordable Care Act does not provide
any role for the States in terms of
receiving or analyzing the data or
enforcing the requirements of Section
2718 of the PHS Act. The enforcement
provisions of this interim final rule state
that the Secretary has enforcement
authority and does not require the States
to do anything. The States already
require issuers to report the NAIC
Annual Statement (Blanks) and audit
those data. The regulation does
contemplate that if a State includes
MLR in its audit of issuers, the Secretary
has the discretion to accept that audit.
But, again, the regulation does not
require the States to do anything and, in
fact, it is not clear that we even have
statutory authority to require them to do
anything with respect to the MLR. It is
HHS’ responsibility to do the audits and
enforce the statutory requirements.
States may continue to apply State
law requirements except to the extent
that such requirements prevent the
application of the Affordable Care Act
requirements that are the subject of this
rulemaking. State insurance laws that
are more stringent than the Federal
requirements are unlikely to ‘‘prevent
the application of’’ the Affordable Care
Act, and be preempted. Additionally,
States have an opportunity to request
adjustments of the 80 percent individual
market minimum MLR threshold under
the destabilization policy, subject to the
Secretary’s approval. Accordingly,
States have significant latitude to
impose requirements on health with
respect to health insurance issuers,
insurance issuers that are more
restrictive than the Federal law.
In compliance with the requirement
of Executive Order 13132 that agencies
examine closely any policies that may
have Federalism implications or limit
the policy making discretion of the
States, the Department has engaged in
efforts to consult with and work
cooperatively with affected States,
including participating in conference
calls with and attending conferences of
the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners, and consulting with
State insurance officials on an
individual basis.
Throughout the process of developing
this interim final regulation, to the
extent feasible within the specific
preemption provisions of HIPAA as it
applies to the Affordable Care Act, the
Department has attempted to balance
the States’ interests in regulating health
insurance issuers, and Congress’ intent
to provide uniform minimum
protections to consumers in every State.
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
By doing so, it is the Department’s view
that we have complied with the
requirements of Executive Order 13132.
Pursuant to the requirements set forth in
section 8(a) of Executive Order 13132,
and by the signatures affixed to this
regulation, the Department certifies that
the Office of Consumer Information and
Insurance Oversight has complied with
the requirements of Executive Order
13132 for the attached interim final
regulation in a meaningful and timely
manner.
G. Congressional Review Act
This interim final regulation is subject
to the Congressional Review Act
provisions of the Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
1996 (5 U.S.C. 801 et seq.) and have
been transmitted to Congress and the
Comptroller General for review.
In accordance with the provisions of
Executive Order 12866, this interim
final rule was reviewed by the Office of
Management and Budget.
List of Subjects in 45 CFR Part 158
Administrative practice and
procedure, Claims, Health care, Health
insurance, Health plans, Penalties,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
For the reasons stated in the preamble,
the Department of Health and Human
Services amends 45 CFR subtitle A,
subchapter B, by adding a new part 158
to read as follows:
■
PART 158—ISSUER USE OF PREMIUM
REVENUE: REPORTING AND REBATE
REQUIREMENTS
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
Sec.
158.101
158.102
158.103
Basis and scope.
Applicability.
Definitions.
Subpart A—Disclosure and Reporting
158.110 Reporting requirements related to
premiums and expenditures.
158.120 Aggregate reporting.
158.121 Newer experience.
158.130 Premium revenue.
158.140 Reimbursement for clinical
services provided to enrollees.
158.150 Activities that improve health care
quality.
158.151 Expenditures related to Health
Information Technology and meaningful
use requirements.
158.160 Other non-claims costs.
158.161 Reporting of Federal and State
licensing and regulatory fees.
158.162 Reporting of Federal and State
taxes.
158.170 Allocation of expenses.
Subpart B—Calculating and Providing the
Rebate
158.210 Minimum medical loss ratio.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
158.211 Requirement in States with a
higher medical loss ratio.
158.220 Aggregation of data in calculating
an issuer’s medical loss ratio.
158.221 Formula for calculating an issuer’s
medical loss ratio.
158.230 Credibility adjustment.
158.231 Life-years used to determine
credible experience.
158.232 Calculating the credibility
adjustment.
158.240 Rebating premium if the applicable
medical loss ratio standard is not met.
158.241 Form of rebate.
158.242 Recipients of rebates.
158.243 De minimis rebates.
158.244 Unclaimed rebates.
158.250 Notice of rebates.
158.260 Reporting of rebates.
158.270 Effect of rebate payments on
solvency.
Subpart C—Potential Adjustment to the
MLR for a State’s Individual Market
158.301 Standard for adjustment to the
medical loss ratio.
158.310 Who may request adjustment to the
medical loss ratio.
158.311 Duration of adjustment to the
medical loss ratio.
158.320 Information supporting a request
for adjustment to the medical loss ratio.
158.321 Information regarding the State’s
individual health insurance market.
158.322 Proposal for adjusted medical loss
ratio.
158.323 State contact information.
158.330 Criteria for assessing request for
adjustment to the medical loss ratio.
158.340 Process for submitting request for
adjustment to the medical loss ratio.
158.341 Treatment as a public document.
158.342 Invitation for public comments.
158.343 Optional State hearing.
158.344 Secretary’s discretion to hold a
hearing.
158.345 Determination on a State’s request
for adjustment to the medical loss ratio.
158.346 Request for reconsideration.
158.350 Subsequent requests for adjustment
to the medical loss ratio.
Subpart D—HHS Enforcement
158.401 HHS enforcement.
158.402 Audits.
158.403 Circumstances in which a State is
conducting audits of issuers.
Subpart E—Additional Requirements on
Issuers
158.501 Access to facilities and records.
158.502 Maintenance of records.
Subpart F—Federal Civil Penalties
158.601 General rule regarding the
imposition of civil penalties.
158.602 Basis for imposing civil penalties.
158.603 Notice to responsible entities.
158.604 Request for extension.
158.605 Responses to allegations of
noncompliance.
158.606 Amount of penalty—general.
158.607 Factors HHS uses to determine the
amount of penalty.
158.608 Determining the amount of the
penalty—mitigating circumstances.
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74921
158.609 Determining the amount of the
penalty—aggravating circumstances.
158.610 Determining the amount of the
penalty—other matters as justice may
require.
158.611 Settlement authority.
158.612 Limitations on penalties.
158.613 Notice of proposed penalty.
158.614 Appeal of proposed penalty.
158.615 Failure to request a hearing.
Authority: Section 2718 of the Public
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg–18, as
amended.)
§ 158.101
Basis and scope.
(a) Basis. This Part implements
section 2718 of the Public Health
Service Act (PHS Act).
(b) Scope. Subpart A of this Part
establishes the requirements for health
insurance issuers (‘‘issuers’’) offering
group or individual health insurance
coverage to report information
concerning premium revenues and the
use of such premium revenues for
clinical services provided to enrollees,
activities that improve health care
quality, and all other non-claims costs.
Subpart B describes how this
information will be used to determine,
with respect to each medical loss ratio
(MLR) reporting year, whether the ratio
of the amount of adjusted premium
revenue expended by the issuer on
permitted costs to the total amount of
adjusted premium revenue (MLR) meets
or exceeds the percentages established
by section 2718(b)(1) of the PHS Act.
Subpart B also addresses requirements
for calculating any rebate amounts that
may be due in the event an issuer does
not meet the applicable MLR standard.
Subpart C implements the provision of
section 2718(b)(A)(ii) of the PHS Act
allowing the Secretary to adjust the
MLR standard for the individual market
in a State if requiring issuers to meet
that standard may destabilize the
individual market. Subparts D through F
provide for enforcement of this part,
including requirements for issuers to
maintain records and civil monetary
penalties that may be assessed against
issuers who violate the requirements of
this Part.
§ 158.102
Applicability.
General requirements. The
requirements of this Part apply to
issuers offering group or individual
health insurance coverage, including a
grandfathered health plan as defined in
§ 147.140 of this subpart.
§ 158.103
Definitions.
For the purposes of this Part, the
following definitions apply unless
specified otherwise.
Contract reserves means reserves that
are established by an issuer which, due
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
74922
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
to the gross premium pricing structure
at issue, account for the value of the
future benefits that at any time exceeds
the value of any appropriate future
valuation of net premiums at that time.
Contract reserves must not include
premium deficiency reserves. Contract
reserves must not include reserves for
expected MLR rebates.
Direct paid claims means claim
payments before ceded reinsurance and
excluding assumed reinsurance except
as otherwise provided in this Part.
Enrollee means an individual who is
enrolled, within the meaning of
§ 144.103 of this title, in group health
insurance coverage, or an individual
who is covered by individual insurance
coverage, at any time during an MLR
reporting year.
Experience rating refund means the
return of a portion of premiums
pursuant to a retrospectively rated
funding arrangement when the sum of
incurred losses, retention and margin
are less than earned premium.
Group conversion charges means the
portion of earned premium allocated to
providing the privilege for a certificate
holder terminated from a group health
plan to purchase individual health
insurance without providing evidence
of insurability.
Health Plan means health insurance
coverage offered through either
individual coverage or a group health
plan.
Individual market has the meaning
given the term in section 2791(e)(1) of
the PHS Act and section 1304(a)(2) of
the Affordable Care Act.
Large Employer has the meaning
given the term in section 2791(e)(2) of
the PHS Act and section 1304(b)(1) of
the Affordable Care Act, except that as
provided by section 1304(b)(3) of the
Affordable Care Act, until 2016 a State
may substitute ‘‘51’’ employees for ‘‘101’’
employees in the definition.
Large group market has the meaning
given the term in section 2791(e)(3) of
the PHS Act and section 1304(a)(3) of
the Affordable Care Act.
MLR reporting year means a calendar
year during which group or individual
health insurance coverage is provided
by an issuer.
Multi-State blended rate means a
single rate charged for health insurance
coverage provided to a single employer
through two or more of an issuer’s
affiliated companies for employees in
two or more States.
Policyholder means any entity that
has entered into a contract with an
issuer to receive health insurance
coverage as defined in section 2791(b) of
the PHS Act.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
Situs of the contract means the
jurisdiction in which the contract is
issued or delivered as stated in the
contract.
Small Employer has the meaning
given the term in section 2791(e)(4) of
the PHS Act and section 1304(b)(2) of
the Affordable Care Act, except that as
provided by section 1304(b)(3) of the
Affordable Care Act, until 2016 a State
may substitute ‘‘50’’ employees for ‘‘100’’
employees in the definition.
Small group market has the meaning
in section 2791(e)(5) of the PHS Act and
section 1304(a)(3) of the Affordable Care
Act.
Subscriber refers to both the group
market and the individual market. In the
group market, subscriber means the
individual, generally the employee,
whose eligibility is the basis for the
enrollment in the group health plan and
who is responsible for the payment of
premiums. In the individual market,
subscriber means the individual who
purchases an individual policy and who
is responsible for the payment of
premiums.
Unearned premium means that
portion of the premium paid in the MLR
reporting year that is intended to
provide coverage during a period which
extends beyond the MLR reporting year.
Unpaid Claim Reserves means
reserves and liabilities established to
account for claims that were incurred
during the MLR reporting year but had
not been paid within 3 months of the
end of the MLR reporting year.
Subpart A—Disclosure and Reporting
§ 158.110 Reporting requirements related
to premiums and expenditures.
(a) General requirements. For each
MLR reporting year, an issuer must
submit to the Secretary a report which
complies with the requirements of this
Part, concerning premium revenue and
expenses related to the group and
individual health insurance coverage
that it issued.
(b) Timing and form of report. (1)
Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2)
of this section, the report for each MLR
reporting year must be submitted to the
Secretary by June 1 of the year following
the end of an MLR reporting year, on a
form and in the manner prescribed by
the Secretary.
(2) An issuer that reports its
experience separately under
§ 158.120(d)(3) or (4) of this subpart
must submit a report for each quarter of
the 2011 MLR reporting year, on the
same form and in the same manner as
described in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section, as follows:
(i) By May 1 for the quarter ending
March 31;
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(ii) By August 1 for the quarter ending
June 30; and
(ii) By November 1 for the quarter
ending September 30.
(c) Transfer of Business. Issuers that
purchase a line or block of business
from another issuer during an MLR
reporting year are responsible for
submitting the information and reports
required by this Part for the assumed
business, including for that part of the
MLR reporting year that was prior to the
purchase.
§ 158.120
Aggregate reporting.
(a) General requirements. For
purposes of submitting the report
required in § 158.110 of this subpart, the
issuer must submit a report for each
State in which it is licensed to issue
health insurance coverage that includes
the experience of all policies issued in
the State during the MLR reporting year
covered by the report. The report must
aggregate data for each entity licensed
within a State, aggregated separately for
the large group market, the small group
market and the individual market.
Experience with respect to each policy
must be included on the report
submitted with respect to the State
where the contract was issued, except as
specified in § 158.120(d) of this subpart.
(b) Group Health Insurance Coverage
in Multiple States. Group coverage
issued by a single issuer that covers
employees in multiple States must be
attributed to the applicable State based
on the situs of the contract. Group
coverage issued by multiple affiliated
issuers that covers employees in
multiple States must be attributed by
each issuer to each State based on the
situs of the contract.
(c) Group Health Insurance Coverage
With Dual Contracts. Where a group
health plan involves health insurance
coverage obtained from two affiliated
issuers, one providing in-network
coverage only and the second providing
out-of-network coverage only, solely for
the purpose of providing a group health
plan that offers both in-network and
out-of-network benefits, experience may
be treated as if it were all related to the
contract provided by the in-network
issuer. However, if the issuer chooses
this method of aggregation, it must
apply it for a minimum of 3 MLR
reporting years.
(d) Exceptions. (1) For individual
market business sold through an
association, the experience of the issuer
must be included in the State report for
the State that has jurisdiction over the
certificate of coverage.
(2) For employer business issued
through a group trust or multiple
employer welfare association, the
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
experience of the issuer must be
included in the State report for the State
where the employer or the association
has its principal place of business.
(3) For the 2011 MLR reporting year,
an issuer with policies that have a total
annual limit of $250,000 or less must
report the experience from such policies
separately from other policies.
(4) For the 2011 MLR reporting year,
an issuer with group policies that
provide coverage for employees working
outside their country of citizenship,
employees working outside of their
country of citizenship and outside the
employer’s country of domicile, and
citizens working in their home country,
must aggregate the experience from
these policies but report the experience
from such policies separately from other
policies.
§ 158.121
Newer experience.
If, for any aggregation as defined in
§ 158.120, 50 percent or more of the
total earned premium for an MLR
reporting year is attributable to policies
newly issued and with less than 12
months of experience in that MLR
reporting year, then the experience of
these policies may be excluded from the
report required under § 158.110 of this
subpart for that same MLR reporting
year. If an issuer chooses to defer
reporting of newer business as provided
in this section, then the excluded
experience must be added to the
experience reported in the following
MLR reporting year.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
§ 158.130
Premium revenue.
(a) General requirements. An issuer
must report to the Secretary earned
premium for each MLR reporting year.
Earned premium means all monies paid
by a policyholder or subscriber as a
condition of receiving coverage from the
issuer, including any fees or other
contributions associated with the health
plan.
(1) Earned premium is to be reported
on a direct basis except as provided in
paragraph (b) of this section.
(2) All earned premium for policies
issued by one issuer and later assumed
by another issuer must be reported by
the assuming issuer for the entire MLR
reporting year during which the policies
were assumed and no earned premium
for that MLR reporting year must be
reported by the ceding issuer.
(3) Reinsured earned premium for a
block of business that was subject to
indemnity reinsurance and
administrative agreements effective
prior to March 23, 2010, for which the
assuming entity is responsible for 100
percent of the ceding entity’s financial
risk and takes on all of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
administration of the block, must be
reported by the assuming issuer and
must not be reported by the ceding
issuer.
(b) Adjustments. Earned premium
must include adjustments to:
(1) Account for assessments paid to or
subsidies received from Federal and
State high risk pools.
(2) Account for portions of premiums
associated with group conversion
charges.
(3) Account for any experience rating
refunds paid or received, excluding any
rebate paid based upon an issuer’s MLR.
(4) Account for unearned premium.
§ 158.140 Reimbursement for clinical
services provided to enrollees.
(a) General requirements. The report
required in § 158.110 of this subpart
must include direct claims paid to or
received by providers, including under
capitation contracts with physicians,
whose services are covered by the
policy for clinical services or supplies
covered by the policy. In addition, the
report must include claim reserves
associated with claims incurred during
the MLR reporting year, the change in
contract reserves, reserves for
contingent benefits and the claim
portion of lawsuits, and any experience
rating refunds paid or received.
Reimbursement for clinical services as
defined in this section are referred to as
‘‘incurred claims.’’
(1) If there are any group conversion
charges for a health plan, the conversion
charges must be subtracted from the
incurred claims for the aggregation that
includes the conversion policies and
this same amount must be added to the
incurred claims for the aggregation that
provides coverage that is intended to be
replaced by the conversion policies.
(2) Incurred claims must include
changes in unpaid claims between the
prior year’s and the current year’s
unpaid claims reserves, including
claims reported in the process of
adjustment, percentage withholds from
payments made to contracted providers,
claims that are recoverable for
anticipated coordination of benefits
(COB), and claim recoveries received as
a result of subrogation.
(3) Incurred claims must include the
change in claims incurred but not
reported from the prior year to the
current year. Except where inapplicable,
the reserve should be based on past
experience, and modified to reflect
current conditions such as changes in
exposure, claim frequency or severity.
(4) Incurred claims must include
changes in other claims-related reserves.
(5) Incurred claims must include
experience rating refunds and exclude
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74923
rebates paid as required by § 158.240
based upon prior MLR reporting year
experience.
(b) Adjustments to incurred claims.
(1) Adjustments that must be deducted
from incurred claims:
(i) Prescription drug rebates received
by the issuer.
(ii) Overpayment recoveries received
from providers.
(2) Adjustments that may be included
in incurred claims:
(i) Market stabilization payments or
receipts by issuers that are directly tied
to claims incurred and other claims
based or census based assessments.
(ii) State subsidies based on a stoploss payment methodology.
(iii) The amount of incentive and
bonus payments made to providers.
(3) Adjustments that must not be
included in incurred claims:
(i) Amounts paid to third party
vendors for secondary network savings.
(ii) Amounts paid to third party
vendors for network development,
administrative fees, claims processing,
and utilization management. For
example, if an issuer contracts with a
behavioral health, chiropractic network,
or high technology radiology vendor, or
a pharmacy benefit manager, and the
vendor reimburses the provider at one
amount but bills the issuer a higher
amount to cover its network
development, utilization management
costs, and profits, then the amount that
exceeds the reimbursement to the
provider must not be included in
incurred claims.
(iii) Amounts paid, including
amounts paid to a provider, for
professional or administrative services
that do not represent compensation or
reimbursement for covered services
provided to an enrollee. For example,
medical record copying costs, attorneys’
fees, subrogation vendor fees,
compensation to paraprofessionals,
janitors, quality assurance analysts,
administrative supervisors, secretaries
to medical personnel and medical
record clerks must not be included in
incurred claims.
(4) Adjustments that can be either
included in or deducted from incurred
claims:
(i) Payment to and from unsubsidized
State programs designed to address
distribution of health risks across
issuers via charges to low risk issuers
that are distributed to high risk issuers
must be included in or deducted from
incurred claims, as applicable.
(ii) [Reserved]
(5) Other adjustments to incurred
claims:
(i) Affiliated issuers that offer group
coverage at a blended rate may choose
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74924
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
whether to make an adjustment to each
affiliate’s incurred claims and activities
to improve health care quality, to reflect
the experience of the issuer with respect
to the employer as a whole, according
to an objective formula that will be
defined prior to January 1, 2011, so as
to result in each affiliate having the
same ratio of incurred claims to earned
premium for that employer group for the
MLR reporting year as the ratio of
incurred claims to earned premium
calculated for the employer group in the
aggregate.
(ii) [Reserved]
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
§ 158.150 Activities that improve health
care quality.
(a) General requirements. The report
required in § 158.110 of this subpart
must include expenditures for activities
that improve health care quality, as
described in this section.
(b) Activity requirements. Activities
conducted by an issuer to improve
quality must meet the following
requirements:
(1) The activity must be designed to:
(i) Improve health quality.
(ii) Increase the likelihood of desired
health outcomes in ways that are
capable of being objectively measured
and of producing verifiable results and
achievements.
(iii) Be directed toward individual
enrollees or incurred for the benefit of
specified segments of enrollees or
provide health improvements to the
population beyond those enrolled in
coverage as long as no additional costs
are incurred due to the non-enrollees.
(iv) Be grounded in evidence-based
medicine, widely accepted best clinical
practice, or criteria issued by recognized
professional medical associations,
accreditation bodies, government
agencies or other nationally recognized
health care quality organizations.
(2) The activity must be primarily
designed to:
(i) Improve health outcomes including
increasing the likelihood of desired
outcomes compared to a baseline and
reduce health disparities among
specified populations.
(A) Examples include the direct
interaction of the issuer (including those
services delegated by contract for which
the issuer retains ultimate responsibility
under the insurance policy), providers
and the enrollee or the enrollee’s
representative (for example, face-to-face,
telephonic, web-based interactions or
other means of communication) to
improve health outcomes, including
activities such as:
(1) Effective case management, care
coordination, chronic disease
management, and medication and care
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
compliance initiatives including
through the use of the medical homes
model as defined in section 3606 of the
Affordable Care Act.
(2) Identifying and addressing ethnic,
cultural or racial disparities in
effectiveness of identified best clinical
practices and evidence based medicine.
(3) Quality reporting and
documentation of care in non-electronic
format.
(4) Health information technology to
support these activities.
(5) Accreditation fees directly related
to quality of care activities.
(B) [Reserved]
(ii) Prevent hospital readmissions
through a comprehensive program for
hospital discharge. Examples include:
(A) Comprehensive discharge
planning (for example, arranging and
managing transitions from one setting to
another, such as hospital discharge to
home or to a rehabilitation center) in
order to help assure appropriate care
that will, in all likelihood, avoid
readmission to the hospital;
(B) Patient-centered education and
counseling.
(C) Personalized post-discharge
reinforcement and counseling by an
appropriate health care professional.
(D) Any quality reporting and related
documentation in non-electronic form
for activities to prevent hospital
readmission.
(E) Health information technology to
support these activities.
(iii) Improve patient safety, reduce
medical errors, and lower infection and
mortality rates.
(A) Examples of activities primarily
designed to improve patient safety,
reduce medical errors, and lower
infection and mortality rates include:
(1) The appropriate identification and
use of best clinical practices to avoid
harm.
(2) Activities to identify and
encourage evidence-based medicine in
addressing independently identified
and documented clinical errors or safety
concerns.
(3) Activities to lower the risk of
facility-acquired infections.
(4) Prospective prescription drug
Utilization Review aimed at identifying
potential adverse drug interactions.
(5) Any quality reporting and related
documentation in non-electronic form
for activities that improve patient safety
and reduce medical errors.
(6) Health information technology to
support these activities.
(B) [Reserved]
(iv) Implement, promote, and increase
wellness and health activities:
(A) Examples of activities primarily
designed to implement, promote, and
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
increase wellness and health activities,
include—
(1) Wellness assessments;
(2) Wellness/lifestyle coaching
programs designed to achieve specific
and measurable improvements;
(3) Coaching programs designed to
educate individuals on clinically
effective methods for dealing with a
specific chronic disease or condition;
(4) Public health education campaigns
that are performed in conjunction with
State or local health departments;
(5) Actual rewards, incentives,
bonuses, reductions in copayments
(excluding administration of such
programs), that are not already reflected
in premiums or claims should be
allowed as a quality improvement
activity for the group market to the
extent permitted by section 2705 of the
PHS Act;
(6) Any quality reporting and related
documentation in non-electronic form
for wellness and health promotion
activities;
(7) Coaching or education programs
and health promotion activities
designed to change member behavior
and conditions (for example, smoking or
obesity); and
(8) Health information technology to
support these activities.
(B) [Reserved]
(v) Enhance the use of health care
data to improve quality, transparency,
and outcomes and support meaningful
use of health information technology
consistent with § 158.151 of this
subpart.
(c) Exclusions. Expenditures and
activities that must not be included in
quality improving activities are:
(1) Those that are designed primarily
to control or contain costs;
(2) The pro rata share of expenses that
are for lines of business or products
other than those being reported,
including but not limited to, those that
are for or benefit self-funded plans;
(3) Those which otherwise meet the
definitions for quality improvement
activities but which were paid for with
grant money or other funding separate
from premium revenue;
(4) Those activities that can be billed
or allocated by a provider for care
delivery and which are, therefore,
reimbursed as clinical services;
(5) Establishing or maintaining a
claims adjudication system, including
costs directly related to upgrades in
health information technology that are
designed primarily or solely to improve
claims payment capabilities or to meet
regulatory requirements for processing
claims (for example, costs of
implementing new administrative
simplification standards and code sets
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
adopted pursuant to the Health
Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act (HIPAA), 42 U.S.C.
1320d–2, as amended, including the
new ICD–10 requirements);
(6) That portion of the activities of
health care professional hotlines that
does not meet the definition of activities
that improve health quality;
(7) All retrospective and concurrent
utilization review;
(8) Fraud prevention activities, other
than fraud detection/recovery expenses
up to the amount recovered that reduces
incurred claims;
(9) The cost of developing and
executing provider contracts and fees
associated with establishing or
managing a provider network, including
fees paid to a vendor for the same
reason;
(10) Provider credentialing;
(11) Marketing expenses;
(12) Costs associated with calculating
and administering individual enrollee
or employee incentives;
(13) That portion of prospective
utilization that does not meet the
definition of activities that improve
health quality; and
(14) Any function or activity not
expressly included in paragraph (c) of
this section, unless otherwise approved
by and within the discretion of the
Secretary, upon adequate showing by
the issuer that the activity’s costs
support the definitions and purposes in
this Part or otherwise support
monitoring, measuring or reporting
health care quality improvement.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
§ 158.151 Expenditures related to Health
Information Technology and meaningful
use requirements.
(a) General requirements. An issuer
may include as activities that improve
health care quality such Health
Information Technology (HIT) expenses
as are required to accomplish the
activities allowed in § 158.150 of this
subpart and that are designed for use by
health plans, health care providers, or
enrollees for the electronic creation,
maintenance, access, or exchange of
health information, as well as those
consistent with Medicare and/or
Medicaid meaningful use requirements,
and which may in whole or in part
improve quality of care, or provide the
technological infrastructure to enhance
current quality improvement or make
new quality improvement initiatives
possible by doing one or more of the
following:
(1) Making incentive payments to
health care providers for the adoption of
certified electronic health record
technologies and their ‘‘meaningful use’’
as defined by HHS to the extent such
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
payments are not included in
reimbursement for clinical services as
defined in § 158.140 of this subpart;
(2) Implementing systems to track and
verify the adoption and meaningful use
of certified electronic health records
technologies by health care providers,
including those not eligible for
Medicare and Medicaid incentive
payments;
(3) Providing technical assistance to
support adoption and meaningful use of
certified electronic health records
technologies;
(4) Monitoring, measuring, or
reporting clinical effectiveness
including reporting and analysis of costs
related to maintaining accreditation by
nationally recognized accrediting
organizations such as NCQA or URAC,
or costs for public reporting of quality
of care, including costs specifically
required to make accurate
determinations of defined measures (for
example, CAHPS surveys or chart
review of HEDIS measures and costs for
public reporting mandated or
encouraged by law.
(5) Tracking whether a specific class
of medical interventions or a bundle of
related services leads to better patient
outcomes.
(6) Advancing the ability of enrollees,
providers, issuers or other systems to
communicate patient centered clinical
or medical information rapidly,
accurately and efficiently to determine
patient status, avoid harmful drug
interactions or direct appropriate care,
which may include electronic Health
Records accessible by enrollees and
appropriate providers to monitor and
document an individual patient’s
medical history and to support care
management.
(7) Reformatting, transmitting or
reporting data to national or
international government-based health
organizations for the purposes of
identifying or treating specific
conditions or controlling the spread of
disease.
(8) Provision of electronic health
records, patient portals, and tools to
facilitate patient self-management.
(b) [Reserved]
§ 158.160
Other non-claims costs.
(a) General requirements. The report
required in § 158.110 of this subpart
must include non-claims costs
described in paragraph (b) of this
section and must provide an
explanation of how premium revenue is
used, other than to provide
reimbursement for clinical services
covered by the benefit plan,
expenditures for activities that improve
health care quality, and Federal and
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74925
State taxes and licensing or regulatory
fees as specified in this part.
(b) Non-claims costs other than taxes
and regulatory fees. (1) The report
required in § 158.110 of this subpart
must include any expenses for
administrative services that do not
constitute adjustments to premium
revenue as provided in § 158.130 of this
subpart, reimbursement for clinical
services to enrollees as defined in
§ 158.140 of this subpart, or
expenditures on quality improvement
activities as defined in §§ 158.150 and
158.151 of this subpart.
(2) Expenses for administrative
services include the following:
(i) Cost-containment expenses not
included as an expenditure related to an
activity at § 158.150 of this subpart.
(ii) Loss adjustment expenses not
classified as a cost containment
expense.
(iii) Direct sales salaries, workforce
salaries and benefits.
(iv) Agents and brokers fees and
commissions.
(v) General and administrative
expenses.
(vi) Community benefit expenditures.
§ 158.161 Reporting of Federal and State
licensing and regulatory fees.
(a) Federal taxes. The report required
in § 158.110 of this subpart must
separately report:
(1) Federal taxes excluded from
premium under subpart B which
include all Federal taxes and
assessments allocated to health
insurance coverage reported under
section 2718 of the PHS Act.
(2) Federal taxes not excluded from
premium under subpart B which
include Federal income taxes on
investment income and capital gains as
other non-claims costs.
(b) State taxes and assessments. The
report required in § 158.110 of this
subpart must separately report:
(1) State taxes and assessments
excluded from premium under subpart
B which include:
(i) Any industry-wide (or subset)
assessments (other than surcharges on
specific claims) paid to the State
directly, or premium subsidies that are
designed to cover the costs of providing
indigent care or other access to health
care throughout the State.
(ii) Guaranty fund assessments.
(iii) Assessments of State industrial
boards or other boards for operating
expenses or for benefits to sick
employed persons in connection with
disability benefit laws or similar taxes
levied by States.
(iv) Advertising required by law,
regulation or ruling, except advertising
associated with investments.
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
74926
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(v) State income, excise, and business
taxes other than premium taxes.
(vi) State premium taxes plus State
taxes based on policy reserves, if in lieu
of premium taxes.
(vii) One of the following types of
payments:
(A) Payments to a State, by not-forprofit health plans, of premium tax
exemption values in lieu of State
premium taxes limited to the State
premium tax rate applicable to for-profit
entities subject to premium tax
multiplied by the allocated premiums
earned for individual, small group and
large group;
(B) Payment by not-for-profit health
plans for community benefit
expenditures as described in paragraph
(c) of this section limited to the State
premium tax rate applicable to for-profit
entities subject to premium tax
multiplied by the allocated premiums
earned for individual, small group and
large group. These payments must be
State based requirement to qualify for
inclusion in this line item; or
(C) Payments made by (Federal
income) tax exempt health plans for
community benefit expenditures as
defined in paragraph (c) of this section
limited to the State premium tax rate
applicable to for-profit entities subject
to premium tax multiplied by the
allocated premiums earned for
individual, small group, and large
group.
(2) State taxes and assessments not
excluded from premium under subpart
B which include:
(i) State sales taxes if the issuer does
not exercise options of including such
taxes with the cost of goods and services
purchased.
(ii) Any portion of commissions or
allowances on reinsurance assumed that
represent specific reimbursement of
premium taxes.
(iii) Any portion of commissions or
allowances on reinsurance ceded that
represents specific reimbursement of
premium taxes.
(c) Community benefit expenditures.
(1) A not-for-profit issuer exempt from
Federal or State taxes and assessments,
but required to make community benefit
expenditures in lieu of taxes, must
report to the Secretary such community
benefit expenditures, multiplied by the
allocated premiums earned for
individual, small group and large group,
but not to exceed the amount of the
taxes they would otherwise be required
to pay. Each expenditure must not be
reported more than once, but may be
split between Federal and State taxes as
applicable.
(2) Community benefit expenditures
means expenditures for activities or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
programs that seek to achieve the
objectives of improving access to health
services, enhancing public health and
relief of government burden. This
includes any of the following activities
that:
(i) Are available broadly to the public
and serve low-income consumers;
(ii) Reduce geographic, financial, or
cultural barriers to accessing health
services, and if ceased to exist would
result in access problems (for example,
longer wait times or increased travel
distances);
(iii) Address Federal, State or local
public health priorities such as
advancing health care knowledge
through education or research that
benefits the public;
(iv) Leverage or enhance public health
department activities such as childhood
immunization efforts; and
(v) Otherwise would become the
responsibility of government or another
tax-exempt organization.
§ 158.170
Allocation of expenses.
(a) General requirements. Each
expense must be reported under only
one type of expense, unless a portion of
the expense fits under the definition of
or criteria for one type of expense and
the remainder fits into a different type
of expense, in which case the expense
must be pro-rated between types of
expenses. Expenditures that benefit
lines of business or products other than
those being reported, including but not
limited to those that are for or benefit
self-funded plans, must be reported on
a pro rata share.
(b) Description of the methods used to
allocate expenses. The report required
in § 158.110 of this subpart must
include a detailed description of the
methods used to allocate expenses,
including incurred claims, quality
improvement expenses, Federal and
State taxes and licensing or regulatory
fees, and other non-claims costs, to each
health insurance market in each State. A
detailed description of each expense
element must be provided, including
how each specific expense meets the
criteria for the type of expense in which
it is categorized, as well as the method
by which it was aggregated.
(1) Allocation to each category should
be based on a generally accepted
accounting method that is expected to
yield the most accurate results. Specific
identification of an expense with an
activity that is represented by one of the
categories above will generally be the
most accurate method. If a specific
identification is not feasible, the issuer
should provide an explanation of why it
believes the more accurate result will be
gained from allocation of expenses
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
based upon pertinent factors or ratios
such as studies of employee activities,
salary ratios or similar analyses.
(2) Many entities operate within a
group where personnel and facilities are
shared. Shared expenses, including
expenses under the terms of a
management contract, must be
apportioned pro rata to the entities
incurring the expense.
(3) Any basis adopted to apportion
expenses must be that which is
expected to yield the most accurate
results and may result from special
studies of employee activities, salary
ratios, premium ratios or similar
analyses. Expenses that relate solely to
the operations of a reporting entity, such
as personnel costs associated with the
adjusting and paying of claims, must be
borne solely by the reporting entity and
are not to be apportioned to other
entities within a group.
(c) Disclosure of allocation methods.
The issuer must identify in the report
required in § 158.110 of this subpart the
specific basis used to allocate expenses
reported under this Part to States and,
within States, to lines of business
including the individual market, small
group market, large group market,
supplemental health insurance
coverage, health insurance coverage
offered to beneficiaries of public
programs (such as Medicare and
Medicaid), and group health plans as
defined in § 145.103 of this chapter and
administered by the issuer.
(d) Maintenance of records. The
issuer must maintain and make
available to the Secretary upon request
the data used to allocate expenses
reported under this Part together with
all supporting information required to
determine that the methods identified
and reported as required under
paragraph (b) of this section were
accurately implemented in preparing
the report required in § 158.110 of this
subpart.
Subpart B—Calculating and Providing
the Rebate
§ 158.210
Minimum medical loss ratio.
Subject to the provisions of § 158.211
of this subpart:
(a) Large group market. For all
policies issued in the large group market
in a State during the MLR reporting
year, an issuer must provide a rebate to
enrollees if the issuer has an MLR of
less than 85 percent, as determined in
accordance with this part.
(b) Small group market. For all
policies issued in the small group
market in a State during the MLR
reporting year, an issuer must provide a
rebate to enrollees if the issuer has an
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
MLR of less than 80 percent, as
determined in accordance with this
part.
(c) Individual market. For all policies
issued in the individual market in a
State during the MLR reporting year, an
issuer must provide a rebate to enrollees
if the issuer has an MLR of less than 80
percent, as determined in accordance
with this Part.
(d) Adjustment by the Secretary. If the
Secretary has adjusted the percentage
that issuers in the individual market in
a specific State must meet, then the
adjusted percentage determined by the
Secretary in accordance with § 158.301
of this part et seq. must be substituted
for 80 percent in paragraph (c) of this
section.
§ 158.211 Requirement in States with a
higher medical loss ratio.
(a) State option to set higher
minimum loss ratio. For coverage
offered in a State whose law provides
that issuers in the State must meet a
higher MLR than that set forth in
§ 158.210, the State’s higher percentage
must be substituted for the percentage
stated in § 158.210 of this subpart.
(b) Considerations in setting a higher
minimum loss ratio. In adopting a
higher minimum loss ratio than that set
forth in § 158.210, a State must seek to
ensure adequate participation by health
insurance issuers, competition in the
health insurance market in the State,
and value for consumers so that
premiums are used for clinical services
and quality improvements.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
§ 158.220 Aggregation of data in
calculating an issuer’s medical loss ratio.
(a) Aggregation by State and by
market. In general, an issuer’s MLR
must be calculated separately for the
large group market, small group market
and individual market within each
State. However, if, pursuant to section
1312(c)(3) of the Affordable Care Act, a
State requires the small group market
and individual market to be merged,
then the data reported separately under
subpart A for the small group and
individual market in that State may be
merged for purposes of calculating an
issuer’s MLR and any rebates owing.
(b) Years of data to include in
calculating MLR. Subject to paragraph
(c) of this section, an issuer’s MLR for
an MLR reporting year is calculated
according to the formula in § 158.221 of
this subpart and aggregating the data
reported under this Part for the
following 3-year period:
(1) The data for the MLR reporting
year whose MLR is being calculated;
and
(2) The data for the two prior MLR
reporting years.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(c) Requirements for MLR reporting
years 2011 and 2012. (1) For the 2011
MLR reporting year, an issuer’s MLR is
calculated using the data reported under
this Part for the 2011 MLR reporting
year only.
(2) For the 2012 MLR reporting year—
(i) If an issuer’s experience for the
2012 MLR reporting year is fully
credible, as defined in § 158.230 of this
subpart, an issuer’s MLR is calculated
using the data reported under this Part
for the 2012 MLR reporting year.
(ii) If an issuer’s experience for the
2012 MLR reporting year is partially
credible or non-credible, as defined in
§ 158.230 of this subpart, an issuer’s
MLR is calculated using the data
reported under this part for the 2011
MLR reporting year and the 2012 MLR
reporting year.
§ 158.221 Formula for calculating an
issuer’s medical loss ratio.
(a) Medical loss ratio. (1) An issuer’s
MLR is the ratio of the numerator, as
defined in paragraph (b) of this section,
to the denominator, as defined in
paragraph (c) of this section, subject to
the applicable credibility adjustment, if
any, as provided in § 158.232 of this
subpart.
(2) An issuer’s MLR shall be rounded
to three decimal places. For example, if
an MLR is 0.7988, it shall be rounded
to 0.799 or 79.9 percent. If an MLR is
0.8253 or 82.53 percent, it shall be
rounded to 0.825 or 82.5 percent.
(b) Numerator. The numerator of an
issuer’s MLR for an MLR reporting year
must be the issuer’s incurred claims, as
defined in § 158.140 of this part, plus
the issuer’s expenditures for activities
that improve health care quality, as
defined in § 158.150 and § 158.151 of
this part, that are reported for the years
specified in § 158.220 of this subpart.
(1) The numerator of the MLR for the
2012 MLR reporting year may include
any rebate paid under § 158.240 of this
subpart for the 2011 MLR reporting year
if the 2012 MLR reporting year
experience is not fully credible as
defined in § 158.230 of this subpart.
(2) The numerator of the MLR for the
2013 MLR reporting year may include
any rebate paid under § 158.240 for the
2011 MLR reporting year or the 2012
MLR reporting year.
(3) The numerator of the MLR for
policies that are reported separately
under § 158.120(d)(3) of this part must
be the amount specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, except that for the 2011
MLR reporting year the total of the
incurred claims and expenditures for
activities that improve health care
quality are then multiplied by a factor
of two.
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74927
(4) The numerator of the MLR for
policies that are reported separately
under § 158.120(d)(4) of this part must
be the amount specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, except that for the 2011
MLR reporting year the total of the
incurred claims and expenditures for
activities that improve health care
quality are then multiplied by a factor
of two.
(c) Denominator. The denominator of
an issuer’s MLR must equal the issuer’s
premium revenue, as defined in
§ 158.130, minus the issuer’s Federal
and State taxes and licensing and
regulatory fees, described in
§§ 158.161(a) and 158.162(a)(1) and
(b)(1) of this part.
§ 158.230
Credibility adjustment.
(a) General rule. An issuer may add to
the MLR calculated under § 158.221(a)
of this subpart the credibility
adjustment specified by § 158.232 of
this section, if such MLR is based on
partially credible experience as defined
in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. An
issuer may not apply the credibility
adjustment if the issuer’s experience is
fully credible, as defined in paragraph
(c)(1) of this section, or non-credible, as
defined in paragraph (c)(3) of this
section.
(b) Life-years. The credibility of an
issuer’s experience is based upon the
number of life-years covered by the
issuer. Life-years means the total
number of months of coverage for
enrollees whose premiums and claims
experience is included in the report to
the Secretary required by § 158.110 of
this part, divided by 12.
(c) Credible experience. (1) An MLR
calculated under § 158.221(a) through
(c) of this subpart is fully credible if it
is based on the experience of 75,000 or
more life-years.
(2) An MLR calculated under
§ 158.221(a) through (c) of this subpart
is partially credible if it is based on the
experience of at least 1,000 life-years
and fewer than 75,000 life-years.
(3) An MLR calculated under
§ 158.221(a) through (c) of this subpart
is non-credible if it is based on the
experience of less than 1,000 life-years.
(d) If an issuer’s MLR is non-credible,
it is presumed to meet or exceed the
minimum percentage required by
§ 158.210 or § 158.211 of this subpart.
§ 158.231 Life-years used to determine
credible experience.
(a) The life-years used to determine
the credibility of an issuer’s experience
are the life-years for the MLR reporting
year plus the life-years for the two prior
MLR reporting years.
(b) For the 2011 MLR reporting year,
the life-years used to determine
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74928
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
credibility are the life-years for the 2011
MLR reporting year only.
(c) For the 2012 MLR reporting year(1) If an issuer’s experience for the
2012 MLR reporting year is fully
credible, the life-years used to
determine credibility are the life-years
for the 2012 MLR reporting year only;
(2) If an issuer’s experience for the
2012 MLR reporting year only is
partially credible, the life-years used to
determine credibility are the life-years
for the 2011 MLR reporting year plus
the life-years for the 2012 MLR
reporting year.
§ 158.232 Calculating the credibility
adjustment.
(a) Formula. An issuer’s credibility
adjustment, if any, is the product of the
base credibility factor, as determined
under paragraph (b) of this section,
multiplied by the deductible factor, as
determined under paragraph (c) of this
section.
(b) Base credibility factor. (1) The base
credibility factor for fully credible
experience or for non-credible
experience is zero.
(2) The base credibility factor for
partially credible experience is
determined based on the number of lifeyears included in the aggregation, as
determined under § 158.231 of this
subpart, and the factors shown in Table
1. When the number of life-years used
to determine credibility exactly matches
a life-year category listed in Table 1, the
value associated with that number of
life-years is the base credibility factor.
The base credibility factor for a number
of life-years between the values shown
in Table 1 is determined by linear
interpolation.
TABLE 1 TO § 158.232: BASE
CREDIBILITY FACTORS
Life-years
Base credibility factor
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
< 1,000 .............
1,000 .................
2,500 .................
5,000 .................
10,000 ...............
25,000 ...............
50,000 ...............
≥ 75,000 ...........
No Credibility.
8.3%.
5.2%.
3.7%.
2.6%.
1.6%.
1.2%.
0.0% (Full Credibility).
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
TABLE 2 TO § 158.232: DEDUCTIBLE
FACTOR
Health plan deductible
$2,500 ...................................
$2,500 ...................................
$5,000 ...................................
≥ $10,000 ..............................
Deductible
factor
1.000
1.164
1.402
1.736
(d) No credibility adjustment. For the
2013 MLR reporting year, the credibility
adjustment for an MLR based on
partially credible experience is zero if
both of the following conditions are
met:
(1) The current MLR reporting year
and each of the two previous MLR
reporting years included experience of
at least 1,000 life-years; and
(2) Without applying any credibility
adjustment, the issuer’s MLR for the
current MLR reporting year and each of
the two previous MLR reporting years
were below the applicable MLR
standard for each year as established
under § 158.210 in this subpart.
§ 158.240 Rebating premium if the
applicable medical loss ratio standard is
not met.
(c) Deductible factor. (1) The
deductible factor is based on the average
per person deductible of policies whose
experience is included in the
aggregation, as determined under
§ 158.231 of this subpart. When the
weighted average deductible, as
determined in accordance with this
section, exactly matches a deductible
category listed in Table 2, the value
associated with that deductible is the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
deductible factor. The deductible factor
for an average weighted deductible
between the values shown in Table 2 is
determined by linear interpolation.
(i) The per person deductible for a
policy that covers a subscriber and the
subscriber’s dependents shall be
calculated as follows: The lesser of the
sum of the individual family members’
deductibles or the overall family
deductible for the subscriber and
subscriber’s family, shall be divided by
the total number of individuals covered
through the subscriber (including the
subscriber).
(ii) The average deductible for an
aggregation is calculated weighted by
the life-years of experience for each
deductible level of policies included in
the aggregation.
(2) An issuer may choose to use a
deductible factor of 1.0 in lieu of
calculating a deductible factor based on
the average of policies included in the
aggregation.
(a) General requirement. For each
MLR reporting year, an issuer must
provide a rebate to each enrollee if the
issuer’s MLR does not meet or exceed
the minimum percentage required by
§§ 158.210 and 158.211 of this subpart.
(b) Definition of enrollee for purposes
of rebate. For the sole purpose of
determining whom is entitled to receive
a rebate pursuant to this part, the term
‘‘enrollee’’ means the subscriber,
policyholder, and/or government entity
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
that paid the premium for health care
coverage received by an individual
during the respective MLR reporting
year.
(c) Amount of rebate to each enrollee.
(1) For each MLR reporting year, an
issuer must rebate to the enrollee the
total amount of premium revenue
received by the issuer from the enrollee
after subtracting Federal and State taxes
and licensing and regulatory fees as
provided in § 158.161(a), § 158.162(a)(1)
and § 158.162(b)(1) of this part,
multiplied by the difference between
the MLR required by § 158.210 or
§ 158.211 of this subpart, and the
issuer’s MLR as calculated under
§ 158.221 of this subpart.
(2) For example, an issuer must rebate
a pro rata portion of premium revenue
if it does not meet an 80 percent MLR
for the small group market in a State
that has not set a higher MLR. If an
issuer has a 75 percent MLR for the
coverage it offers in the small group
market in a State that has not set a
higher MLR, the issuer must rebate 5
percent of the premium paid by or on
behalf of the enrollee for the MLR
reporting year after subtracting premium
and subtracting taxes and fees as
provided in paragraph (c) of this
section. In this example, an enrollee
may have paid $2,000 in premiums for
the MLR reporting year. If the Federal
and State taxes and licensing and
regulatory fees that may be excluded
from premium revenue as described in
§ 158.161(a), § 158.161(a)(1) and
§ 158.162(b)(1) of this subpart are $150
for a premium of $2,000, then the issuer
would subtract $150 from premium
revenue, for a base of $1,850 in
premium. The enrollee would be
entitled to a rebate of 5 percent of
$1,850, or $92.50.
(d) Timing of rebate. An issuer must
provide any rebate owing to an enrollee
no later than August 1 following the end
of the MLR reporting year.
(e) Late payment interest. An issuer
that fails to pay any rebate owing to an
enrollee or subscriber in accordance
with paragraph (d) of this section or to
take other required action within the
time periods set forth in this Part must,
in addition to providing the required
rebate to the enrollee, pay the enrollee
interest at the current Federal Reserve
Board lending rate or ten percent
annually, whichever is higher, on the
total amount of the rebate, accruing
from the date payment was due under
paragraph (d) of this section.
§ 158.241
Form of rebate.
(a) Current enrollees. (1) An issuer
may choose to provide any rebates
owing to current enrollees in the form
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
of a premium credit, lump-sum check,
or, if an enrollee paid the premium
using a credit card or direct debit, by
lump-sum reimbursement to the
account used to pay the premium.
(2) Any rebate provided in the form of
a premium credit must be provided by
applying the full amount due to the first
month’s premium that is due on or after
August 1 following the MLR Reporting
year. If the amount of the rebate exceeds
the premium due for August, then any
overage shall be applied to succeeding
premium payments until the full
amount of the rebate has been credited.
(b) Former enrollees. Rebates owing to
former enrollees must be paid in the
form of lump-sum check or lump-sum
reimbursement using the same method
that was used for payment, such as
credit card or direct debit.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
§ 158.242
Recipients of rebates.
(a) Individual market. An issuer must
meet its obligation to provide any rebate
due to an enrollee in the individual
market by providing it to the enrollee.
For individual policies that cover more
than one person, one lump-sum rebate
may be provided to the subscriber on
behalf of all enrollees covered by the
policy.
(b) Large group and small group
markets. An issuer must meet its
obligation to provide any rebate to
persons covered under a group health
plan by providing it to the enrollee, in
amounts proportionate to the amount of
premium the policyholder and each
subscriber paid.
(1) Arrangement with policyholder to
distribute rebates. An issuer may meet
its obligation to provide any rebate
owing to a large group or small group
enrollee by entering into an agreement
with the group policyholder to
distribute the rebate on behalf of the
issuer, subject to all of the following
conditions:
(i) The issuer must remain liable for
complying with all of its obligations
under this part.
(ii) The issuer must obtain and retain
records and documentation evidencing
accurate distribution of any rebate
owing, sufficient to demonstrate
compliance with its obligations under
this subpart, subpart D, and subpart E.
Such records and documentation
include:
(A) The amount of the premium paid
by each subscriber;
(B) The amount of the premium paid
by the group policyholder;
(C) The amount of the rebate provided
to each subscriber;
(D) The amount of the rebate retained
by the group policyholder; and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(E) The amount of any unclaimed
rebate and how and when it was
distributed.
(2) [Reserved]
§ 158.243
De minimis rebates.
(a) Minimum threshold. An issuer is
not required to provide a rebate to an
enrollee based upon the premium that
enrollee paid, under the following
circumstances:
(1) For a group policy, if the total
rebate owed to the policyholder and the
subscribers is less than $5 per
subscriber covered by the policy for a
given MLR reporting year.
(2) In the individual market, if the
total rebated owed to the subscriber is
less than $5.
(b) Distribution. (1) An issuer must
aggregate and distribute any rebates not
provided because they did not meet the
minimum threshold set forth in
paragraph (a) of this section by
aggregating the unpaid rebates by
individual market, small group market
and large group market in a State and
use them to increase the rebates
provided to enrollees who receive
rebates based upon the same MLR
reporting year as the aggregated unpaid
rebates. An issuer must distribute such
aggregated rebates by providing
additional premium credit or payment
divided evenly among enrollees who are
being provided a rebate.
(2) For example, an issuer in the
individual market has aggregated
unpaid rebates totaling $2,000, and the
issuer has 10,000 enrollees who are
entitled to be provided a rebate above
the minimum threshold for the
applicable MLR reporting year. The
$2,000 must be redistributed to the
10,000 and added on to their existing
rebate amounts. The $2,000 is divided
evenly among the 10,000 enrollees, so
the issuer increases each enrollee’s
rebate by $0.20.
§ 158.244
Unclaimed rebates.
An issuer must make a good faith
effort to locate and deliver to an enrollee
any rebate required under this Part. If,
after making a good faith effort, an
issuer is unable to locate a former
enrollee, the issuer must comply with
any applicable State law.
§ 158.250
Notice of rebates.
For each MLR reporting year, at the
time any rebate of premium is provided
in accordance with this Part, an issuer
must provide each enrollee who
receives a rebate the following
information in a form prescribed by the
Secretary:
(a) A general description of the
concept of an MLR;
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74929
(b) The purpose of setting a MLR
standard;
(c) The applicable MLR standard;
(d) The issuer’s MLR, adjusted in
accordance with the provisions of this
subpart;
(e) The issuer’s aggregate premium
revenue as reported in accordance with
§ 158.130, minus any Federal and State
taxes and licensing and regulatory fees
that may be excluded from premium
revenue as described in §§ 158.161(a)
and 158.162(a)(1) and (b)(1); and
(f) The rebate percentage and amount
owed to enrollees based upon the
difference between the issuer’s MLR and
the applicable MLR standard.
§ 158.260
Reporting of rebates.
(a) General requirement. For each
MLR reporting year, an issuer must
submit to the Secretary a report
concerning the rebates provided to and
on behalf of enrollees pursuant to this
subpart.
(b) Aggregation of information in the
report. The information in the report
must be aggregated in the same manner
as required by § 158.120.
(c) Information to report. The report
required by this section must include
the total:
(1) Number and percentage of
enrollees who received a rebate;
(2) Number and amount of rebates
provided:
(i) As premium credit; and
(ii) As lump sum check or lump-sum
reimbursement to a subscriber’s credit
card or direct payment to a subscriber’s
bank account;
(3) Amount of rebates that were
provided to enrollees, including a
breakdown of the amounts provided
based upon the portion of premiums
paid by group policyholders and
amounts provided based upon the
portion of premium paid by subscribers;
(4) Amount of rebates that were de
minimis, as provided in § 158.243, and
a detailed description of how these
rebates were disbursed; and
(5) Amount of unclaimed rebates, a
description of the methods used to
locate the applicable enrollees, and a
detailed description of how the
unclaimed rebates were disbursed.
(d) Timing and form of report. The
data required by paragraphs (c)(1)
through (4) of this section must be
submitted with the report under
§ 158.110, on a form and in the manner
prescribed by the Secretary. The data
required by paragraph (c)(5) of this
section must be submitted with the
report under § 158.110 for the
subsequent MLR reporting year.
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74930
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
§ 158.270 Effect of rebate payments on
solvency.
(a) If a State’s insurance
commissioner, superintendent, or other
responsible official determines that the
payment of rebates by a domestic issuer
in that State will cause the issuer’s risk
based capital (RBC) level to fall below
the Company Action Level RBC, as
defined in the NAIC’s Risk Based
Capital (RBC) for Insurers Model Act,
the commissioner, superintendent, or
other responsible official must notify
the Secretary. In such a circumstance,
the commissioner, superintendent, or
other responsible official may request
that the Secretary defer all or a portion
of the rebate payments owed by the
issuer.
(b) In the event an insurance
commissioner, superintendent, or other
responsible official makes the request
set forth in paragraph (a) of this section,
the following should be provided to the
Secretary along with the notification:
(1) The domestic issuer’s RBC reports
for the current calendar year and the 2
preceding calendar years; and
(2) A calculation of the amount of
rebates that would be owed by the
domestic issuer pursuant to this Part.
(c) Upon receipt of the notification
under paragraph (a), the Secretary will
examine the information provided by
the insurance commissioner,
superintendent, or other responsible
official along with any other
information the Secretary may request
from the issuer, and determine whether
the payment of rebates by the issuer will
cause its RBC level to fall below the
Company Action Level RBC.
(d) When the Secretary determines
that the payment of rebates by an issuer
will cause its RBC level to fall below the
Company Action Level RBC, the
Secretary may permit a deferral of all or
a portion of the rebates owed, but only
for a period determined by the Secretary
in consultation with the State. The
Secretary will require that the issuer
must pay these rebates with interest in
a future year in which payment of the
rebates would not cause the issuer’s
RBC level to fall below the Company
Action Level RBC.
Subpart C—Potential Adjustment to
the MLR for a State’s Individual Market
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
§ 158.301 Standard for adjustment to the
medical loss ratio.
The Secretary may adjust the MLR
standard that must be met by issuers
offering coverage in the individual
market in a State, as defined in section
2791 of the PHS Act, for a given MLR
reporting year if, in her discretion, she
determines that application of the 80
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
percent MLR standard of section
2718(b)(1)(A)(ii) of the Public Health
Service Act may destabilize the
individual market in that State.
Application of the 80 percent MLR
standard may destabilize the individual
market in a State only if there is a
reasonable likelihood that application of
the requirement will do so.
§ 158.310 Who may request adjustment to
the medical loss ratio.
A request for an adjustment to the
MLR standard for a State must be
submitted by the State’s insurance
commissioner, superintendent, or
comparable official of that State in order
to be considered by the Secretary.
§ 158.311 Duration of adjustment to the
medical loss ratio.
A State may request that an
adjustment to the MLR standard be for
up to three MLR reporting years.
§ 158.320 Information supporting a
request for adjustment to the medical loss
ratio.
A State must submit in electronic
format the information required by
§§ 158.321 through 158.323 of this
subpart in order for the request for
adjustment to the MLR standard for the
State to be considered by the Secretary.
A State may submit to the Secretary any
additional information it determines
would support its request. In the event
that certain data are unavailable or that
the collection of certain data is unduly
burdensome, a State may provide
written notice to the Secretary and the
Secretary may, at her discretion, request
alternative supporting data or move
forward with her determination.
§ 158.321 Information regarding the
State’s individual health insurance market.
(a) State MLR standard. The State
must describe its current MLR standard
for the individual market, if any, and
the formula used to assess compliance
with such standard.
(b) State market withdrawal
requirements. The State must describe
any requirements it has with respect to
withdrawals from the State’s individual
health insurance market. Such
requirements include, but are not
limited to, any notice that must be
provided and any authority the State
regulator may have to approve a
withdrawal plan or ensure that enrollees
of the exiting issuer have continuing
coverage, as well as any penalties or
sanctions that may be levied upon exit
or limitations on re-entry.
(c) Mechanisms to provide options to
consumers. The State must describe the
mechanisms available to the State to
provide consumers with options in the
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
event an issuer withdraws from the
individual market. Such mechanisms
include, but are not limited to, a
guaranteed issue requirement, limits on
health status rating, an issuer of last
resort, or a State-operated high risk
pool. A description of each mechanism
should include detail on the issuers
participating in and products available
under such mechanism, as well as any
limitations with respect to eligibility,
enrollment period, total enrollment, and
coverage for pre-existing conditions.
(d) Issuers in the State’s individual
market. Subject to § 158.320 of this
subpart, the State must provide:
(1) For each issuer who offers
coverage in the individual market in the
State its number of individual enrollees
by product, available individual
premium data by product, and
individual health insurance market
share within the State; and
(2) For each issuer who offers
coverage in the individual market in the
State to more than 1,000 enrollees, the
following additional information:
(i) Total earned premium on
individual market health insurance
products in the State;
(ii) Reported MLR pursuant to State
law for the individual market business
in the State;
(iii) Estimated MLR for the individual
market business in the State, as
determined in accordance with
§ 158.221 of this part;
(iv) Total agents’ and brokers’
commission expenses on individual
health insurance products;
(v) Estimated rebate for the individual
market business in the State, as
determined in accordance with
§ 158.221 and § 158.240 of this part;
(vi) Net underwriting profit for the
individual market business and
consolidated business in the State;
(vii) After-tax profit and profit margin
for the individual market business and
consolidated business in the State;
(viii) Risk-based capital level; and
(ix) Whether the issuer has provided
notice of exit to the State’s insurance
commissioner, superintendent, or
comparable State authority.
§ 158.322 Proposal for adjusted medical
loss ratio.
A State must provide its own proposal
as to the adjustment it seeks to the MLR
standard. This proposal must include:
(a) An explanation and justification of
how the proposed adjustment to the
MLR was determined;
(b) An explanation of how an
adjustment to the MLR standard for the
State’s individual market will permit
issuers to adjust current business
models and practices in order to meet
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
an 80 percent MLR as soon as is
practicable;
(c) An estimate of the rebates that
would be paid if the issuers offering
coverage in the individual market in the
State must meet an 80 percent MLR for
the applicable MLR reporting years; and
(d) An estimate of the rebates that
would be paid if the issuers offering
coverage in the individual market in the
State must meet the adjusted MLR
proposed by the State for the applicable
MLR reporting years.
§ 158.323
State contact information.
A State must provide the name,
telephone number, e-mail address, and
mailing address of the person the
Secretary may contact regarding the
request for an adjustment to the MLR
standard.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
§ 158.330 Criteria for assessing request
for adjustment to the medical loss ratio.
The Secretary may consider the
following criteria in assessing whether
application of an 80 percent MLR, as
calculated in accordance with this
subpart, may destabilize the individual
market in a State that has requested an
adjustment to the 80 percent MLR:
(a) The number of issuers reasonably
likely to exit the State or to cease
offering coverage in the State absent an
adjustment to the 80 percent MLR and
the resulting impact on competition in
the State. In making this determination
the Secretary may consider as to each
issuer that is reasonably likely to exit
the State:
(1) Each issuer’s MLR relative to an 80
percent MLR;
(2) Each issuer’s solvency and
profitability, as measured by factors
such as surplus level, risked-based
capital ratio, net income, and operating
or underwriting gain;
(3) The requirements and limitations
within the State with respect to market
withdrawals; and
(4) Whether each issuer covers less
than 1,000 life-years in the State’s
individual insurance market.
(b) The number of individual market
enrollees covered by issuers that are
reasonably likely to exit the State absent
an adjustment to the 80 percent MLR.
(c) Whether absent an adjustment to
the 80 percent MLR standard consumers
may be unable to access agents and
brokers.
(d) The alternate coverage options
within the State available to individual
market enrollees in the event an issuer
exits the market, including:
(1) Any requirement that issuers who
exit the State’s individual market must
have their block(s) of business assumed
by another issuer;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(2) The issuers that may remain in the
State subsequent to the implementation
of the 80 percent MLR, as calculated in
accordance with this Part, and the
nature, terms, and price of the products
offered by such issuers;
(3) The capacity of remaining issuers
to write additional business, as
measured by their risk based capital
ratios;
(4) The mechanisms, such as
guaranteed issue products, an issuer of
last resort, or a State high risk pool,
available to the State to provide
coverage to consumers in the event of an
issuer withdrawing from the market,
and the affordability of these options
compared to the coverage provided by
exiting or potentially exiting issuers;
and
(5) Any authority the State’s
insurance commissioner,
superintendent, or comparable official
may exercise with respect to
stabilization of the individual insurance
market.
(e) The impact on premiums charged,
and on benefits and cost-sharing
provided, to consumers by issuers
remaining in the market in the event
one or more issuers were to withdraw
from the market.
(f) Any other relevant information
submitted by the State’s insurance
commissioner, superintendent, or
comparable official in the State’s
request.
§ 158.340 Process for submitting request
for adjustment to the medical loss ratio.
(a) Electronic submission. A State
must submit electronically, to an
address and in a format prescribed by
the Secretary, all of the information
required by this subpart in order for its
request for an adjustment to the MLR
standard for its individual market to be
considered by the Secretary.
(b) Submission by mail. A State may
also submit by overnight delivery
service or by U.S mail, return receipt
requested, to an address and in a format
prescribed by the Secretary, its request
for an adjustment to the MLR standard
for its individual market.
§ 158.341
Treatment as a public document.
A State’s request for an adjustment to
the MLR standard, and all information
submitted as part of its request, will be
treated as a public document and will
be posted promptly on the Secretary’s
Internet Web site devoted to health care
coverage.
§ 158.342
Invitation for public comments.
The Secretary will invite public
comment regarding a State’s request for
an adjustment to the MLR standard. All
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74931
public comments must be submitted in
writing within 10 days of the posting of
the request, and must be submitted in
the manner prescribed by the Secretary.
The Secretary will consider timely
public comments in assessing a State’s
request for an adjustment to the MLR
standard.
§ 158.343
Optional State hearing.
Any State that submits a request for
adjustment to the MLR standard may, at
its option, hold a public hearing and
create an evidentiary record with
respect to its application. If a State does
so, the Secretary will take the
evidentiary record of the hearing into
consideration in making her
determination.
§ 158.344
hearing.
Secretary’s discretion to hold a
The Secretary may, at her discretion,
conduct a public hearing with respect to
a State’s request for an adjustment to the
MLR standard. All testimony and
materials received in connection with
any public hearing will be made part of
the public record, and shall be
considered by the Secretary in assessing
a State’s request for an adjustment to the
MLR standard.
§ 158.345 Determination on a State’s
request for adjustment to the medical loss
ratio.
(a) General time frame. The Secretary
will make a determination as to whether
to grant a State’s request for an
adjustment to the MLR standard within
30 days after determining that the
information required by this subpart has
been received.
(b) Extension at the discretion of the
Secretary. The Secretary may, in her
discretion, extend the 30 day time
period in paragraph (a) of this section
for as long a time as necessary not to
exceed 30 days.
§ 158.346
Request for reconsideration.
(a) Requesting reconsideration. A
State whose request for adjustment to
the MLR standard has been denied by
the Secretary may request
reconsideration of that determination. A
request for reconsideration must be
submitted in writing to the Secretary
within 10 days of her decision to deny
the State’s request for an adjustment,
and may include any additional
information in support of its request.
(b) Reconsideration determination.
The Secretary will issue her
determination on a State’s request for
reconsideration within 20 days of
receiving the reconsideration request.
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74932
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
§ 158.350 Subsequent requests for
adjustment to the medical loss ratio.
§ 158.403 Circumstances in which a State
is conducting audits of issuers.
A State that has made a previous
request for an adjustment to the MLR
standard must, in addition to the other
information required by this subpart,
submit information as to what steps the
State has taken since its initial and other
prior requests, if any, to increase the
likelihood that enrollees who have
health coverage through issuers that are
considered likely to exit the State’s
individual market will receive coverage
at a comparable price and with
comparable benefits if the issuer does
exit the market.
(a) If a State conducts an audit of an
issuer’s MLR reporting and rebate
obligations, HHS may, in the exercise of
its discretion, accept the findings of that
audit if HHS determines the following:
(1) The laws of the State permit public
release of the findings of audits of
issuers;
(2) The State’s audit reports on the
validity of the data regarding expenses
and premiums that the issuer reported
to the Secretary, including the
appropriateness of the allocations of
expenses used in such reporting and
whether the activities associated with
the issuer’s reported expenditures for
quality improving activities meet the
definition of such activities;
(3) The State’s audit reports on the
accuracy of rebate calculations and the
timeliness and accuracy of rebate
payments;
(4) The State submits final audit
reports to HHS within 30 days of
finalization; and
(5) The State submits preliminary or
draft audit reports to HHS within 6
months of the completion of audit field
work unless they have already been
finalized and reported under paragraph
(a)(4) of this section.
(b) If HHS accepts an audit conducted
by a State, and if the issuer makes
additional rebate payments as a result of
the audit, then HHS shall accept those
payments as satisfying the issuer’s
obligation to pay rebates pursuant to
this part.
Subpart D—HHS Enforcement
§ 158.401
HHS enforcement.
HHS enforces the reporting and rebate
requirements described in subparts A
and B, including but not limited to:
(a) The requirement that such reports
be submitted timely.
(b) The requirement that the data
reported complies with the definitions
and criteria set forth in this part.
(c) The requirement that rebates be
paid timely and accurately.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
§ 158.402
Audits.
(a) Notice of Audit. HHS will provide
30 days advance notice of its intent to
conduct an audit of an issuer.
(b) Conferences. All audits will
include an entrance conference at which
the scope of the audit will be presented
and an exit conference at which the
initial audit findings will be discussed.
(c) Preliminary Audit Findings. HHS
will share its preliminary audit findings
with the issuer, which will then have 30
days to respond to such findings. HHS
may extend, for good cause, the time for
an issuer to submit such a response.
(d) Final Audit Findings. If the issuer
does not dispute the preliminary
findings, the audit findings will become
final. Alternatively, if the issuer
responds to the preliminary findings,
HHS will review and consider such
response and finalize the audit findings.
(e) Corrective actions. HHS will send
a copy of the final audit findings to the
issuer as well as any corrective actions
that issuer must undertake as a result of
the audit findings.
(f) Order to pay rebates. If HHS
determines as the result of an audit that
an issuer has failed to pay rebates it is
obligated to pay pursuant to this part, it
may order the issuer to pay those
rebates, together with interest from the
date the rebates were due, in accordance
with § 158.240(d) of this part.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
Subpart E—Additional Requirements
on Issuers
§ 158.501
Access to facilities and records.
(a) Each issuer subject to the reporting
requirement of this part must allow
access and entry to its premises,
facilities and records, including
computer and other electronic systems,
to HHS, the Comptroller General, or
their designees to evaluate, through
inspection, audit, or other means,
compliance with the requirements for
reporting and calculation of data
submitted to HHS, and the timeliness
and accuracy of rebate payments made
under this part.
(b) Each issuer must also allow access
and entry to the facilities and records,
including computer and other electronic
systems, of its parent organization,
subsidiaries, related entities,
contractors, subcontractors, agents, or a
transferee that pertain to any aspect of
the data reported to HHS or to rebate
payments calculated and made under
this part. To the extent that the issuer
does not control access to the facilities
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and records of its parent organization,
related entities, or third parties, it will
be the responsibility of the issuer to
contractually obligate any such parent
organization, related entities, or third
parties to grant said access.
(c) The Comptroller General, HHS, or
their designees may inspect, evaluate,
and audit through 6 years from the date
of the filing of a report required by this
part or through 3 years after the
completion of the audit and for such
longer period set forth below provided
that any of the following occur:
(1) HHS determines there is a special
need to retain a particular record or
group of records for a longer period and
notifies the issuer at least 30 days before
the disposition date.
(2) There has been a dispute, or
allegation of fraud or similar fault by the
issuer, in which case the retention may
be extended to 6 years from the date of
any resulting final resolution of the
dispute, fraud, or similar fault.
(3) HHS determines that there is a
reasonable possibility of fraud or similar
fault, in which case HHS may inspect,
evaluate, and audit the issuer at any
time.
§ 158.502
Maintenance of records.
(a) Basic rule. Each issuer subject to
the requirements of this part must
maintain all documents and other
evidence necessary to enable HHS to
verify that the data required to be
submitted in accordance with this part
comply with the definitions and criteria
set forth in this part, and that the MLR
is calculated and any rebates owing are
calculated and provided in accordance
with this part. This includes but is not
limited to all administrative and
financial books and records used in
compiling data reported and rebates
provided under this part and in
determining what data to report and
rebates to provide under this part,
electronically stored information, and
evidence of accounting procedures and
practices. This also includes all
administrative and financial books and
records used by others in assisting an
issuer with its obligations under this
part.
(b) Length of time information must
be maintained. All of the documents
and other evidence required by this part
must be maintained for the current year
and six prior years, unless a longer time
is required under § 158.501 of this
subpart.
Subpart F—Federal Civil Penalties
§ 158.601 General rule regarding the
imposition of civil penalties.
If any issuer fails to comply with the
requirements of this part, civil penalties,
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
as described in this subpart, may be
imposed.
§ 158.602 Basis for imposing civil
penalties.
Civil penalties. For the violations
listed in this paragraph, HHS may
impose civil penalties in the amounts
specified in § 158.606 of this subpart on
any issuer who fails to do the following:
(a) Submit to HHS a report concerning
the data required under this part by the
deadline established by HHS.
(b) Submit to HHS a substantially
complete or accurate report concerning
the data required under this part.
(c) Timely and accurately pay rebates
owing pursuant to this part.
(d) Respond to HHS inquiries as part
of an investigation of issuer noncompliance.
(e) Maintain records as required under
this part for the periodic auditing of
books and records used in compiling
data reported to HHS and in calculating
and paying rebates pursuant to this Part.
(f) Allow access and entry to
premises, facilities and records that
pertain to any aspect of the data
reported to HHS or to rebates calculated
and paid pursuant to this part.
(g) Comply with corrective actions
resulting from audit findings.
(h) Accurately and truthfully
represent data, reports or other
information that it furnishes to a State
or HHS.
§ 158.603
Notice to responsible entities.
If HHS learns of a potential violation
described in § 158.602 of this subpart or
if a State informs HHS of a potential
violation prior to imposing any civil
monetary penalty HHS must provide
written notice to the issuer, to include
the following:
(a) Describe the potential violation.
(b) Provide 30 days from the date of
the notice for the responsible entity to
respond and to provide additional
information to refute an alleged
violation.
(c) State that a civil monetary penalty
may be assessed if the allegations are
not, as determined by HHS, refuted.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
§ 158.604
Request for extension.
In circumstances in which an entity
cannot prepare a response to HHS
within the 30 days provided in the
notice, the entity may make a written
request for an extension from HHS
detailing the reason for the extension
request and showing good cause. If HHS
grants the extension, the responsible
entity must respond to the notice within
the time frame specified in HHS’s letter
granting the extension of time. Failure
to respond within 30 days, or within the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
extended time frame, may result in
HHS’s imposition of a civil monetary
penalty based upon its determination of
a potential violation described in
§ 158.602 of this subpart.
§ 158.605 Responses to allegations of
noncompliance.
In determining whether to impose a
civil monetary penalty, HHS may
review and consider documentation
provided in any complaint or other
information, as well as any additional
information provided by the responsible
entity to demonstrate that it has
complied with Affordable Care Act
requirements. The following are
examples of documentation that a
potential responsible entity may submit
for HHS’s consideration in determining
whether a civil monetary penalty should
be assessed and the amount of any civil
monetary penalty:
(a) Any evidence that refutes an
alleged noncompliance.
(b) Evidence that the entity did not
know, and exercising due diligence
could not have known, of the violation.
(c) Evidence documenting the
development and implementation of
internal policies and procedures by an
issuer to ensure compliance with the
Affordable Care Act requirements
regarding MLR. Those policies and
procedures may include or consist of a
voluntary compliance program. Any
such program should do the following:
(1) Effectively articulate and
demonstrate the fundamental mission of
compliance and the issuer’s
commitment to the compliance process.
(2) Include the name of the individual
in the organization responsible for
compliance.
(3) Include an effective monitoring
system to identify practices that do not
comply with Affordable Care Act
requirements regarding MLRs and to
provide reasonable assurance that fraud,
abuse, and systemic errors are detected
in a timely manner.
(4) Address procedures to improve
internal policies when noncompliant
practices are identified.
(d) Evidence documenting the entity’s
record of previous compliance with
Affordable Care Act requirements
regarding MLRs.
§ 158.606
Amount of penalty—general.
A civil monetary penalty for each
violation of § 158.602 of this subpart
may not exceed $100 for each day, for
each responsible entity, for each
individual affected by the violation.
Penalties imposed under this Part are in
addition to any other penalties
prescribed or allowed by law.
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
74933
§ 158.607 Factors HHS uses to determine
the amount of penalty.
In determining the amount of any
penalty, HHS may take into account the
following:
(a) The entity’s previous record of
compliance. This may include any of
the following:
(1) Any history of prior violations by
the responsible entity, including
whether, at any time before
determination of the current
violation(s), HHS or any State found the
responsible entity liable for civil or
administrative sanctions in connection
with a violation of Affordable Care Act
requirements regarding minimum loss
ratios.
(2) Evidence that the responsible
entity has never had a complaint for
noncompliance with Affordable Care
Act requirements regarding MLRs filed
with a State or HHS.
(3) Such other factors as justice may
require.
(b) The gravity of the violation. This
may include any of the following:
(1) The frequency of the violation,
taking into consideration whether any
violation is an isolated occurrence,
represents a pattern, or is widespread.
(2) The level of financial and other
impacts on affected individuals.
(3) Other factors as justice may
require.
§ 158.608 Determining the amount of the
penalty—mitigating circumstances.
For every violation subject to a civil
monetary penalty, if there are
substantial or several mitigating
circumstances, the aggregate amount of
the penalty is set at an amount
sufficiently below the maximum
permitted by § 158.606 of this subpart to
reflect that fact. As guidelines for taking
into account the factors listed in
§ 158.607 of this subpart, HHS considers
the following:
(a) Record of prior compliance. It
should be considered a mitigating
circumstance if the responsible entity
has done any of the following:
(1) Before receipt of the notice issued
under § 158.603 of this subpart,
implemented and followed a
compliance plan as described in
§ 158.605(c) of this subpart.
(2) Had no previous complaints
against it for noncompliance.
(b) Gravity of the violation(s). It
should be considered a mitigating
circumstance if the responsible entity
has done any of the following:
(1) Made adjustments to its business
practices to come into compliance with
the requirements of this Part so that the
following occur:
(i) Each enrollee adversely affected by
the violation has been paid any amount
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
74934
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
of rebate owed so that, to the extent
practicable, that enrollee is in the same
position that he, she, or it would have
been in had the violation not occurred.
(ii) The rebate payments are
completed in a timely manner.
(2) Discovered areas of
noncompliance without notice from
HHS and voluntarily reported that
noncompliance, provided that the
responsible entity submits the
following:
(i) Documentation verifying that the
rights and protections of all individuals
adversely affected by the
noncompliance have been restored; and
(ii) A plan of correction to prevent
future similar violations.
(3) Demonstrated that the violation is
an isolated occurrence.
(4) Demonstrated that the financial
and other impacts on affected
individuals is negligible or nonexistent.
(5) Demonstrated that the
noncompliance is correctable and that a
high percentage of the violations were
corrected.
§ 158.609 Determining the amount of
penalty—aggravating circumstances.
For every violation subject to a civil
monetary penalty, if there are
substantial or several aggravating
circumstances, HHS may set the
aggregate amount of the penalty at an
amount sufficiently close to or at the
maximum permitted by § 158.606 of this
subpart to reflect that fact. HHS
considers the following circumstances
to be aggravating circumstances:
(a) The frequency of violation
indicates a pattern of widespread
occurrence.
(b) The violation(s) resulted in
significant financial and other impacts
on the average affected individual.
(c) The entity does not provide
documentation showing that
substantially all of the violations were
corrected.
§ 158.610 Determining the amount of
penalty—other matters as justice may
require.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES3
HHS may take into account other
circumstances of an aggravating or
mitigating nature if, in the interests of
justice, they require either a reduction
or an increase of the penalty in order to
assure the achievement of the purposes
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:15 Nov 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
of this Part, and if those circumstances
relate to the entity’s previous record of
compliance or the gravity of the
violation.
§ 158.611
Settlement authority.
Nothing in § 158.606 through
§ 158.610 of this subpart limits the
authority of HHS to settle any issue or
case described in the notice furnished in
accordance with § 158.603 of this
subpart or to compromise on any
penalty provided for in §§ 158.606
through 158.610 of this subpart.
§ 158.612
Limitations on penalties.
(a) Circumstances under which a civil
monetary penalty is not imposed. HHS
does not impose any civil monetary
penalty on any failure for the period of
time during which none of the
responsible entities knew, or exercising
reasonable diligence would have
known, of the failure. HHS also may not
impose a civil monetary penalty for the
period of time after any of the
responsible entities knew, or exercising
reasonable diligence would have known
of the failure, if the failure was due to
reasonable cause and not due to willful
neglect and the failure was corrected
within 30 days of the first day that any
of the entities against whom the penalty
would be imposed knew, or exercising
reasonable diligence would have
known, that the failure existed.
(b) Burden of establishing knowledge.
The burden is on the responsible entity
or entities to establish to HHS’s
satisfaction that no responsible entity
knew, or exercising reasonable diligence
would have known, that the failure
existed.
§ 158.613
Notice of proposed penalty.
(a) Contents of notice. If HHS
proposes to assess a penalty in
accordance with this Part, it must
provide the issuer written notice of its
intent to assess a penalty, which
includes the following:
(1) A description of the requirements
under this Part that HHS has
determined the issuer violated.
(2) A description of the information
upon which HHS based its
determination, including the basis for
determining the number of affected
individuals and the number of days or
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
weeks for which the violations
occurred.
(3) The amount of the proposed
penalty as of the date of the notice.
(4) Any considerations described in
§ 158.607 through § 158.610 of this
subpart that were taken into account in
determining the amount of the proposed
penalty.
(5) A specific statement of the issuer’s
right to a hearing.
(6) A statement that failure to request
a hearing within 30 days after the date
of the notice permits the assessment of
the proposed penalty without right of
appeal in accordance with § 158.615 of
this subpart.
(b) Delivery of Notice. This notice
must be either hand delivered, sent by
certified mail, return receipt requested,
or sent by overnight delivery service
with signature upon delivery required.
§ 158.614
Appeal of proposed penalty.
Any issuer against which HHS has
assessed a penalty under this Part may
appeal that penalty in accordance with
§ 150.400 et seq.
§ 158.615
Failure to request a hearing.
If the issuer does not request a hearing
within 30 days of the issuance of the
notice described in § 158.613 of this
subpart, HHS may assess the proposed
civil monetary penalty indicated in such
notice and may impose additional
penalties as described in § 158.606 of
this subpart. HHS must notify the issuer
in writing of any penalty that has been
assessed and of the means by which the
issuer may satisfy the penalty. The
issuer has no right to appeal a penalty
with respect to which it has not
requested a hearing in accordance with
§ 150.405 of this subchapter, unless the
responsible entity can show good cause,
as determined at § 150.405(b) of this
subchapter, for failing to timely exercise
its right to a hearing.
Dated: November 18, 2010.
Jay Angoff,
Director, Office of Consumer Information and
Insurance Oversight.
Dated: November 18, 2010.
Kathleen Sebelius,
Secretary.
[FR Doc. 2010–29596 Filed 11–22–10; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4150–03–P
E:\FR\FM\01DER3.SGM
01DER3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 75, Number 230 (Wednesday, December 1, 2010)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 74864-74934]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2010-29596]
[[Page 74863]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part III
Department of Health and Human Services
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
45 CFR Part 158
Health Insurance Issuers Implementing Medical Loss Ratio (MLR)
Requirements Under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act;
Interim Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 75 , No. 230 / Wednesday, December 1, 2010 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 74864]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
45 CFR Part 158
[OCIIO-9998-IFC]
RIN 0950-AA06
Health Insurance Issuers Implementing Medical Loss Ratio (MLR)
Requirements Under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act
AGENCY: Office of Consumer Information and Insurance Oversight,
Department of Health and Human Services.
ACTION: Interim final rule with request for comments.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This document contains the interim final regulation
implementing medical loss ratio (MLR) requirements for health insurance
issuers under the Public Health Service Act, as added by the Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act (Affordable Care Act).
DATES: Effective date: This interim final regulation is effective
January 1, 2011.
Comment date: Comments are due on or before January 31, 2011.
Applicability dates: This interim final regulation generally
applies beginning January 1, 2011, to health insurance issuers offering
group or individual health insurance coverage.
ADDRESSES: Written comments may be submitted to the address specified
below.
All comments will be made available to the public. Warning: Do not
include any personally identifiable information (such as name, address,
or other contact information) or confidential business information that
you do not want publicly disclosed. All comments are posted on the
Internet exactly as received, and can be retrieved by most Internet
search engines. No deletions, modifications, or redactions will be made
to the comments received, as they are public records. Comments may be
submitted anonymously.
In commenting, please refer to file code OCIIO-9998-IFC. Because of
staff and resource limitations, we cannot accept comments by facsimile
(FAX) transmission.
You may submit comments in one of four ways (please choose only one
of the ways listed):
1. Electronically. You may submit electronic comments on this
regulation to https://www.regulations.gov. Follow the instructions under
the ``More Search Options'' tab.
2. By regular mail. You may mail written comments to the following
address only: Office of Consumer Information and Insurance Oversight,
Department of Health and Human Services, Attention: OCIIO-9998-IFC,
Room 445-G, Hubert H. Humphrey Building, 200 Independence Avenue, SW.,
Washington, DC 20201.
Please allow sufficient time for mailed comments to be received
before the close of the comment period.
3. By express or overnight mail. You may send written comments to
the following address only: Office of Consumer Information and
Insurance Oversight, Department of Health and Human Services,
Attention: OCIIO-9998-IFC, Room 445-G, Hubert H. Humphrey Building, 200
Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20201.
4. By hand or courier. If you prefer, you may deliver (by hand or
courier) your written comments before the close of the comment period
to the following address: Office of Consumer Information and Insurance
Oversight, Department of Health and Human Services, Attention: OCIIO-
9998-IFC, Room 445-G, Hubert H. Humphrey Building, 200 Independence
Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20201.
(Because access to the interior of the Hubert H. Humphrey Building
is not readily available to persons without Federal government
identification, commenters are encouraged to leave their comments in
the OCIIO drop slots located in the main lobby of the building. A
stamp-in clock is available for persons wishing to retain a proof of
filing by stamping in and retaining an extra copy of the comments being
filed.)
Comments mailed to the addresses indicated as appropriate for hand
or courier delivery may be delayed and received after the comment
period.
Submission of comments on paperwork requirements. You may submit
comments on this document's paperwork requirements by following the
instructions at the end of the ``Collection of Information
Requirements'' section in this document.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Carol Jimenez, Office of Consumer
Information and Insurance Oversight, Department of Health and Human
Services, at (301) 492-4457.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Inspection of Public Comments: Comments
received timely will also be available for public inspection as they
are received, generally beginning approximately three weeks after
publication of a document, at the headquarters of the Centers for
Medicare & Medicaid Services, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore,
Maryland 21244, Monday through Friday of each week from 8:30 a.m. to 4
p.m. To schedule an appointment to view public comments, phone 1-800-
743-3951.
Customer Service Information: Individuals interested in obtaining
information on health reform can be found https://www.healthcare.gov.
Table of Contents
I. Background
II. Provisions of the Interim Final Rule
A. Introduction and Overview
B. Scope, Applicability and Definitions
1. Scope and Applicability (Sec. Sec. 158.101-158.102)
2. Definitions (Sec. 158.103)
C. Subpart A--Disclosure and Reporting
1. Reporting Requirements (Sec. 158.110)
2. Aggregate Reporting (Sec. 158.120)
a. Attribution of State-of-Issue
b. Attribution to Health Insurance Markets Within States
c. Associations or Trusts
d. Expatriate Plans
e. ``Mini-med'' Plans
3. Newer Experience (Sec. 158.121)
4. Premium Revenue (Sec. 158.130)
5. Reimbursement for Clinical Services Provided to Enrollees
(Sec. 158.140)
6. Expenditures on Activities To Improve Quality (Sec. Sec.
158.150-158.151)
7. Other Non-Claims Activities (Sec. 158.160)
8. Federal and State Taxes and Licensing and Regulatory Fees
(Sec. Sec. 158.161-158.162)
9. Allocation of Expenses (Sec. 158.170)
D. Subpart B--Calculating and Providing the Rebate
1. Applicable MLR and States With Higher MLR (Sec. Sec.
158.210-158.211)
2. Calculating an Issuer's MLR (Sec. Sec. 158.220-158.221)
3. Credibility Adjustment (Sec. Sec. 158.230-158.232)
4. Rebating Premium if MLR Standard Not Met (Sec. 158.240)
5. Form of Rebate (Sec. 158.241)
6. Recipients of Rebates (Sec. 158.242)
7. De Minimis Rebates (Sec. 158.243)
8. Unclaimed Rebates (Sec. 158.244)
9. Notice of Rebates to Enrollees (Sec. 158.250)
10. Reporting Rebates to the Secretary (Sec. 158.260)
11. Effect of Rebate Payments on Solvency (Sec. 158.270)
E. Subpart C--Potential Adjustment to the Medical Loss Ratio for
a State's Individual Market
1. Introduction
2. Subpart C's Approach and Framework
3. Who May Request Adjustment to the MLR (Sec. Sec. 158.310-
158.311)
4. Required Information (Sec. Sec. 158.320-158.323)
5. Assessment Criteria (158.330)
6. Process (Sec. Sec. 158.340-158.350)
7. Public Comments
F. Subparts D-F--HHS Enforcement, Additional Requirements on
Issuers, and Federal Civil Penalties
III. Response to Comments
IV. Waiver of Proposed Rulemaking
V. Collection of Information Requirements
A. ICRs Regarding MLR and Rebate Reporting Requirement
(Sec. Sec. 158.101-158.170)
B. ICRs Regarding Notice to Enrollees (Sec. 158.250)
[[Page 74865]]
C. ICRs Regarding Retention of Records (Sec. Sec. 158.501-
158.502)
D. ICRs Regarding State Request for MLR Adjustment (Sec. Sec.
158.301-158.350)
VI. Regulatory Impact Analysis
A. Summary
B. Executive Order 12866
1. Need for Regulatory Action
2. Summary of Impacts
3. Qualitative Discussion of Anticipated Benefits, Costs, and
Transfers
a. Benefits
b. Costs
c. Transfers
4. Overview of Data Sources, Methods, and Limitations
5. Estimated Number of Affected Entities Subject to the MLR
Provisions
6. Estimated Transfers Related to MLR Rebate Payments
a. Data Limitations and Modeling Assumptions
b. Methods for Estimating MLR Rebates
c. Estimated Number of Issuers and Individuals Affected by the
MLR Rebate Requirements
d. Impact of Adjustments on MLRs
e. Estimated Range of MLR Rebates
f. Potential Impact of Destabilization Adjustment Requests on
MLR Rebates
7. Estimated Costs
a. Methodology and Assumptions for Estimating Administrative
Costs
b. Estimated Costs Related to MLR Reporting
c. Estimated Costs Related to MLR Record Retention
d. Estimated Costs Related to MLR Rebate Notifications and
Payments
C. Regulatory Alternatives
1. Credibility Adjustment
2. Federal Taxes
3. Activities That Improve Quality
4. Level of Aggregation
D. Regulatory Flexibility Act
E. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
F. Federalism
G. Congressional Review Act
I. Background
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111-148,
was enacted on March 23, 2010); the Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act (Pub. L. 111-152, was enacted on March 30, 2010). In
this preamble we refer to the two statutes collectively as the
Affordable Care Act. The Affordable Care Act reorganizes, amends, and
adds to the provisions of Part A of title XXVII of the Public Health
Service Act (PHS Act) relating to group health plans and health
insurance issuers in the group and individual markets.
The Department of Health and Human Services (HHS, or the
Department) is issuing regulations in several phases in order to
implement revisions to the PHS Act made by the Affordable Care Act. All
of the previous regulations were issued jointly with the Departments of
Labor and the Treasury. A request for information relating to the
medical loss ratio (MLR) provisions of PHS Act section 2718 was
published in the Federal Register on April 14, 2010 (75 FR 19297)
(notice, or request for information). Additionally, a series of interim
final regulations were published earlier this year implementing PHS Act
provisions added by the Affordable Care Act. Specifically, interim
final rules were published implementing (1) section 2714 (requiring
dependent coverage of children to age 26) (75 FR 27122 (May 13, 2010));
(2) section 1251 of the Affordable Care Act (relating to status as a
grandfathered health plan) (75 FR 34538 (June 17, 2010)); (3) sections
2704 (prohibiting preexisting condition exclusions), 2711 (regarding
lifetime and annual dollar limits on benefits), 2712 (regarding
restrictions on rescissions), and 2719A (regarding patient protections)
(75 FR 37188 (June 28, 2010)); (4) section 2713 (regarding preventive
health services) (75 FR 41726 (July 19, 2010)); and (5) section 2719
(regarding internal claims and appeals and external review processes)
(75 FR 43330 (July 23, 2010)). Most recently, HHS, Department of Labor,
and Department of the Treasury published an amendment to the interim
final regulations relating to status as a grandfathered health plan
(regarding change in health insurance issuers) in the Federal Register
on November 17, 2010 (75 FR 70114). The Departments have also published
sub-regulatory guidance regarding various issues related to the
implementation of the Affordable Care Act, available at https://www.dol.gov/ebsa and https://www.hhs.gov/ociio.
This interim final regulation adopts and certifies in full all of
the recommendations in the model regulation of the National Association
of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) regarding MLRs. It is being published
to implement section 2718(a) through (c) of the PHS Act, relating to
bringing down the cost of health care coverage through a new MLR
standard. Subpart A implements the requirements for reporting the data
to be considered in determining that ratio. Subpart B addresses the
requirements for health insurance issuers (issuers) in the group or
individual market, including grandfathered health plans, to provide an
annual rebate to enrollees, if the issuer's MLR fails to meet minimum
requirements: Generally, 85 percent in the large group market and 80
percent in the small group or individual market. In Subpart C, this
interim final regulation provides a process and criteria for the
Secretary of Health and Human Services (the Secretary) to determine
whether application of the 80 percent MLR in the individual market in a
State may destabilize that individual market. Finally, enforcement of
the reporting and rebate requirements of section 2718(a) and (b) are
addressed in Subparts D-F, as specifically authorized in section
2718(b)(3). This interim final regulation is generally applicable for
plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2011. Self-insured plans
are not a health insurance issuer, as defined by section 2791(b)(2) of
the PHS Act, and thus are not subject to this interim final regulation.
II. Provisions of the Interim Final Rule
A. Introduction and Overview
Section 2718 of the PHS Act includes two provisions designed to
achieve the objective in the section title: ``Bringing down the cost of
health care coverage.'' The first is the establishment of greater
transparency and accountability around the expenditures made by health
insurance issuers. The law requires that issuers publicly report on
major categories of spending of policyholder premium dollars, such as
clinical services provided to enrollees and activities that will
improve health care quality. The second is the establishment of MLR
standards for issuers, which are intended to help ensure policyholders
receive value for their premium dollars. Issuers will provide rebates
to enrollees when their spending for the benefit of policyholders on
reimbursement for clinical services and quality improving activities,
in relation to the premiums charged, is less than the MLR standards
established pursuant to the statute. The rebate provisions of section
2718 are designed not just to provide value to policyholders, but also
to create incentives for issuers to become more efficient in their
operations. Section 2718 also contains provisions which allow for
modifications to the standards under certain circumstances, which are
described in this regulation. To inform decisions about definitions and
methodologies for calculating MLRs, the Affordable Care Act directed
the NAIC to make recommendations to the Secretary, subject to
certification by the Secretary. As described below, this interim final
regulation adopts to these recommendations.
As to the reporting provisions, section 2718(a) requires health
insurance issuers to ``submit to the Secretary a report concerning the
ratio of the incurred loss (or incurred claims) plus the loss
adjustment expense (or change in contract reserves) to earned
premiums.'' The statute, as implemented by this interim final
regulation, requires health insurance issuers to submit data
[[Page 74866]]
to the Secretary that will allow enrollees of health plans, consumers,
regulators, and others to take into consideration MLRs as a measure of
health insurance performance as described in section 2718 of the PHS
Act. More specifically, this interim final regulation is intended to
provide consumers with information needed to better understand how much
of the premium paid to the issuer is used to reimburse providers for
covered services, to improve health care quality, and to pay for the
``non-claims,'' or administrative expenses, incurred by the issuer. The
caption of subsection (a) reflects this purpose, which is to provide
the Secretary and other parties with a ``clear accounting for costs.''
As quoted above, the statute requires issuers to submit a report
that ``concerns'' the ratio of the ``incurred loss'' to ``earned
premium.'' The statute does not simply require the issuer to report the
numeric ratio of the incurred loss to earned premium. In addition,
subsection (a)(3) requires issuers to provide an explanation of the
``nature'' of ``non-claims costs.'' This interim final regulation
accordingly describes the type of information that is to be included in
the report to the Secretary and made available to consumers, in
addition to the numerical ratio. To increase transparency and avoid
confusion, this interim final regulation provides that the data to be
reported according to section 2718(a) of the PHS Act will include all
of the elements of revenue and expenditures that will be needed to
calculate the amount of rebates under subsection 2718(b).
For this information to be meaningful to consumers, the report
provided to the Secretary and made available to the public must include
the amount of premium revenue received as well as the amount expended
on each of the types of activity identified in subparagraphs (1), (2),
and (3) of section 2718(a) of the PHS Act:
(1) Reimbursement for clinical services provided to enrollees under
the health insurance plan (subparagraph (1));
(2) Activities that improve health care quality for enrollees
(subparagraph (2));
(3) All other ``non-claims'' costs (subparagraph (3)); and
(4) Federal and State taxes and licensing or regulatory fees
(subparagraph (3)).
In addition, the rebate requirements established by section 2718(b)
allow for a State to provide for higher ratios than those required by
section 2718(b)(1)(A)(i) and (ii) of the PHS Act. In order to allow a
State to do so, the reporting required of health insurance issuers
under subsection (a) must be done on a State level. Section 2718(b)
also requires a separate calculation of the MLR for the large group
market, the small group market, and the individual market.
Consequently, the data required under subsection (a) must be reported
for the large group market, the small group market, and the individual
market within each State.
NAIC model regulation and recommendations. Section 2718(c) of the
PHS Act directs the NAIC, subject to certification by the Secretary, to
establish:
(1) Uniform definitions of the activities reported under section
2718(a);
(2) standardized methodologies for calculating measures of the
activities reported under section 2718(a); and
(3) definitions of which activities and in what regard such
activities constitute activities that improve health care quality.
Section 2718(c) also directs that the standardized methodologies
for calculating measures of the activities reported under section
2718(a) ``shall be designed to take into account the special
circumstances of smaller plans, different types of plans, and newer
plans.''
The NAIC provided its recommendations to the Secretary on October
27, 2010 regarding the above three areas, and made additional
recommendations regarding other aspects of section 2718, in the form of
a model regulation entitled Regulation for Uniform Definitions and
Standardized Methodologies for Calculation of the Medical Loss Ratio
for Plan Years 2011, 2012 and 2013 per Section 2718(b) of the Public
Health Service Act (hereinafter ``NAIC model regulation'') (https://www.naic.org/documents/committees_ex_mlr_reg_asadopted.pdf). The
NAIC model regulation is discussed in more detail in connection with
the specific provisions of this interim final regulation. The NAIC, in
discharging its statutory obligations, conducted a thorough and
transparent process in which the views of regulators and stakeholders
were discussed, analyzed, addressed and documented in numerous open
forums held by staff from State insurance departments, by NAIC staff,
and by the commissioners, directors, and superintendents of insurance
from the States. This interim final regulation certifies and adopts the
NAIC's model regulation in full.
The NAIC model regulation includes definitions to be used for
purposes of reporting the types of activities mandated by section
2718(a), and standardized methodologies for calculating measures of
such activities including those that improve health care quality. This
interim final regulation certifies and adopts these definitions in the
NAIC model regulation. Consistent with the mandate of section 2718(b),
the NAIC and this interim final regulation require that health
insurance issuers aggregate data at the State level by the large group
market, small group market, and individual market, and define these
markets. The reporting requirements, which follow NAIC's
recommendations, are discussed in connection with Subpart A.
The NAIC model regulation addresses in several different ways, as
does this interim final regulation, the statutory requirement that the
methodologies used to calculate the measures of the activities reported
``shall be designed to take into account the special circumstances of
smaller plans, different types of plans, and newer plans.'' The NAIC
recommendations address the special circumstance of newer plans and
smaller plans. They address newer plans by adjusting when newer plans'
experience is to be reported, which is addressed in Subpart A. The
special circumstance of smaller plans, which do not have sufficient
experience to be statistically valid for purposes of the rebate
provisions, are addressed by the NAIC through credibility adjustments
to the calculation of the MLR. Because credibility adjustments are
necessary to calculate the rebates under section 2718(b), they are
addressed in Subpart B of this interim final regulation. The NAIC model
regulation does not address the special circumstances of different
types of plans such as so-called mini-med plans or expatriate plans,
although it does address expatriate plans in a letter to the Secretary.
HHS addresses both mini-med plans and expatriate plans in this interim
final regulation, and discusses them in connection with Subpart A.
The NAIC model regulation details the MLR rebate calculation for
each of the next three MLR reporting years and notes the incurred
claims and expenses related to improving health care quality that may
be included. HHS has adopted these provisions in Subpart B.
As noted above, the statute directs the NAIC, subject to
certification by the Secretary, to establish uniform definitions and
methodologies for calculating measures of activities that are used to
calculate an issuer's MLR. HHS has reviewed these recommended
definitions and methodologies and has decided to certify and adopt the
NAIC recommendations in its October 27 model regulation. The NAIC held
public, weekly meetings for several months during which interested
parties
[[Page 74867]]
were encouraged to provide both written and oral comments, and the
details surrounding the reporting requirements were thoroughly
analyzed. In making the determination to certify the NAIC's
recommendations, HHS also considered the NAIC's Issue Resolution
Documents, which were produced as a result of the NAIC's process and
which contain the NAIC's position regarding numerous related issues. In
addition, HHS considered the public comments received by the NAIC as
well as comments submitted to HHS in response to its request for
information published on April 14, 2010 in the Federal Register. HHS
also considered the letters submitted by the NAIC to the Secretary with
respect to MLR issues, which are also public records.
Organization of this regulation. The basis, scope, applicability,
and definitions for this interim final regulation are set forth in
Sec. Sec. 158.101 through 158.103. The structure of Subpart A of this
interim final regulation follows the organization of section 2718(a).
The obligation to report is established in Sec. 158.110. The way in
which issuers are to aggregate data in the required reports is
explained in Sec. 158.120. The special circumstances of mini-med plans
and expatriate plans are also included in Sec. 158.120. Newer
experience is addressed in Sec. 158.121. Section 158.130 addresses
provisions that relate to premium revenue. Section 158.140 clarifies
what may be reported as reimbursement for clinical services provided to
enrollees, also known as incurred claims. Sections 158.150 through
158.151 explain the criteria for determining whether expenditures are
for activities that improve health care quality, allocation of such
expenses, and treatment of health information technology (HIT) expenses
required to accomplish such activities. Section 158.160 clarifies
reporting of non-claims costs. Sections 158.161 and 158.162 address the
Federal and State taxes and licensing or regulatory fees that may be
excluded from non-claims costs pursuant to PHS Act section 2718(a)(3).
Section 158.170 addresses allocation of expenses among categories
reported as well as an issuer's lines of business.
Similarly, the structure of Subpart B of this interim final
regulation follows the organization of section 2718(b). The applicable
MLR standards for the large group, small group and individual markets
are addressed in Sec. 158.210. States are permitted to establish a
higher MLR standard than provided by the Affordable Care Act, and if a
State has done so, the State's standard applies, as stated in Sec.
158.211. Section 158.220 explains which MLR reporting year's data is to
be used to calculate an issuer's MLR, and Sec. 158.221 directs which
data elements should be in the ratio's numerator and which should be in
the denominator. Credibility adjustments are delineated in Sec.
158.230, and the details as to how to calculate them are addressed in
Sec. 158.231 and Sec. 158.232. Sections 158.240 through 158.242
provide that enrollees must receive a rebate if the applicable MLR
standard is not met, and establish who receives the rebate in certain
circumstances, and the manner in which the rebate must be made. The de
minimis amount below which a rebate need not be provided and how to
handle de minimis rebates are addressed in Sec. 158.243. Section
158.250 establishes a requirement for issuers to provide rebate
recipients with an explanatory notice, while Sec. 158.260 establishes
a requirement for issuers to report to the Secretary data regarding
rebate payments.
Subpart C of this interim final regulation addresses the
Secretary's discretion in section 2718(b)(A)(ii) to adjust the MLR
percentage for the individual market in a State if the Secretary
determines that application of an 80 percent MLR standard may
destabilize the individual market in such State. This interim final
regulation provides that such determinations will be made pursuant to a
State request and based on standards that include recommendations made
to HHS in a letter from the NAIC on October 13, 2010.
Subparts D, E and F of this interim final regulation implement
section 2718(b)(3), Enforcement, which directs the Secretary to
promulgate regulations for enforcing section 2718, and allows for
providing appropriate penalties as part of the enforcement scheme.
Subpart D addresses the enforcement scheme. Subpart E sets forth the
requirements for maintaining records and information. Subpart F,
Federal Civil Penalties, details the basis for imposing civil
penalties, factors that HHS will consider in assessing civil penalties,
the amount of the penalties, and the process for assessing them.
B. Scope, Applicability and Definitions
1. Scope and Applicability (Sec. Sec. 158.101 Through 158.102)
Section 158.101 sets forth the topics and issues covered in Part
158 of this interim final regulation.
Section 158.102 provides that Part 158 applies to health insurance
issuers offering group or individual health insurance coverage. Section
2718(a) of the PHS Act expressly provides that this includes
grandfathered health plans. Grandfathered health plans are defined in
26 CFR 54.9815-1251T, 29 CFR Sec. Sec. 2590.715 through 1251, and 45
CFR 147.140, which implements the provisions in the Affordable Care Act
regarding status as a grandfathered health plan (see Interim Final
Rules for Group Health Plans and Health Insurance Coverage Relating to
Status as a Grandfathered Health Plan Under the Affordable Care Act, 75
FR 34538 (June 17, 2010), as amended, 75 FR 70114 (November 17, 2010)).
Although Section 2718(a) of the PHS Act does not exempt specific
categories of plans from its requirements, subparagraph (c) requires
that the reporting requirements and methodologies for calculating
measures of the activities reported ``be designed to take into account
the special circumstances of smaller plans, different types of plans,
and newer plans.'' Smaller plans, different types of plans, and newer
plans are subject to this interim final rule, and their special
circumstances are addressed through the reporting requirements and
calculation of the MLR provisions in Subparts A and B.
2. Definitions (Sec. 158.103)
Section 2718(c) of the PHS Act directs the NAIC, subject to
certification by the Secretary, to ``establish uniform definitions of
the activities reported under subsection (a) and standardized
methodologies for calculating measures of such activities, including
definitions of which activities, and in what regard such activities,
constitute activities described in section (a)(2).''
The NAIC model regulation includes definitions of the activities
reportable under section 2718(a) of the PHS Act and this interim final
regulation adopts those definitions. Many of the terms defined in the
NAIC model regulation refer to specific lines on NAIC financial
reporting forms that are broader than the reporting required for the
PHS Act MLR provisions.
Any defined term that is used in only one section of this Subpart
is defined in that section and is not also contained in the
``Definitions'' section of the regulation. Such terms include
``aggregation,'' ``incurred claims,'' and ``quality improving
activities.'' Thus, these terms are discussed in the preamble section
regarding that topic, rather than here. For example, ``aggregation'' is
addressed in Sec. 158.120, ``incurred claims'' is defined in Sec.
158.140, and ``quality improving activities'' is defined in Sec.
158.150. Each of these terms is discussed in the section of the
preamble regarding the regulation pertaining to it.
[[Page 74868]]
Definitions that are used in the regulation as commonly used in the
health care industry are not of particular note and therefore are not
discussed here. We do discuss several definitions that are unique to
this regulation or that may be of particular interest to enrollees,
health plans, consumers, regulators and others. The definitions in
Sec. 158.103 apply to all of Part 158. Also, in the public comments
regarding uniform definitions for activities reported on under section
2718(a) of the PHS Act, the only definition we received any significant
amount of comments on is ``plan year.'' Those comments are discussed
below with regard to MLR reporting year. Finally, we note that the
interim final regulation uses the term ``market'' as it is used in the
statute, to differentiate the small group, large group, and individual
market, even if in some contexts these are also referred to as ``market
segments.''
``MLR reporting year.'' Section 2718(a) requires each health
insurance issuer to submit a report to the Secretary ``with respect to
each plan year.'' The NAIC has recommended, and HHS concurs, that for
purposes of MLR reporting and calculation, the term ``plan year'' in
section 2718 should be interpreted to refer to the calendar year for
that plan, and not necessarily the plan year that applies for other
purposes. In adopting the NAIC's definition, HHS uses the term ``MLR
reporting year.'' Accordingly, this regulation interprets ``plan
year,'' as used in section 2718(a), as referring to the ``MLR reporting
year,'' and defines the MLR reporting year as the calendar year. We
recognize that this definition is different than the definition of the
term ``plan year'' currently in the regulations implementing the PHS
Act. This current regulatory definition of ``plan year'' would continue
to apply for all purposes other than the period to be used for MLR
reporting and rebate calculation. Specifically, for purposes other than
the period for MLR reporting and rebate calculation, the term plan year
is defined as ``the year that is designated as the plan year in the
plan document of a group health plan,'' although the plan year may
under certain conditions be the deductible year, the policy year, the
employer's tax year, or the calendar year. We also note that, in the
case of individual health insurance coverage, a similar term--``policy
year''--is defined. Under these definitions, the ``plan year'' or
``policy year'' is specific to the group or individual policy, and can
be determined by the issuer. The NAIC recognized that requiring
reporting of MLR data for each plan year under this generally
applicable definition would be problematic. Meaningful reporting of the
data required by section 2718 of the PHS Act requires aggregation of an
issuer's experience across health insurance policies and policy forms
in each State's large group, small group, and individual markets.
As stated above, the NAIC recommends and requires calendar-year
reporting and we adopt this recommendation and require reporting on a
calendar-year basis. Issuers will report the premium earned, claims,
quality improvement expenses and other non-claims costs incurred under
health insurance that is in force during the calendar year. Calendar
year reporting will increase the reliability of the experience data
that will be reported and that will be used as the basis for rebate
calculations. It will reduce the reporting burden on issuers, as they
will be required to prepare and file a single loss ratio report and to
calculate and pay rebates only once each calendar year. All enrollees
under any of the health insurance coverage whose experience is
reflected in the report to the Secretary will be eligible for rebates
on the premiums paid during that calendar year. To avoid confusion with
other uses of the term ``plan year,'' and to make for a clearer
presentation and discussion of the MLR reporting requirements, we have
adopted the term ``MLR reporting year'' to refer to the ``plan year''
referenced in section 2718 for use in the regulation.
The Secretary invited the public to comment on uniform definitions
for activities to be reported to the Secretary pursuant to section
2718(a). The only comments received regarding the terms defined in
Sec. 158.103 were with respect to ``plan year.''
Since section 2718 of the PHS Act uses the term ``plan year''
without specifying whether it means a plan-specific year or a generally
applicable reporting period, several commenters requested that we
simply clarify its meaning. As explained above, we have done so. A
minority of commenters preferred reporting to correspond to the
effective dates of each health plan, arguing that non-calendar year
plans may have difficulty gathering data on a calendar year basis as
health plans are issued at various times throughout the calendar year.
However, the calendar year reporting method used in this regulation was
supported by several State regulators, health insurance issuers and
others because it allows issuers to combine experiences across all
policies and will therefore produce more uniform and reliable premium,
claims and cost data. They also supported such a calendar-year based
reporting period because it is consistent with current industry
financial reporting practices, is simpler for consumers to comprehend,
and allows States to get the data at one time.
``Enrollee.'' Section 158.103 defines the term ``enrollee'' as ``an
individual who is enrolled, within the meaning of 45 CFR 144.103, in
group health insurance coverage, or an individual who is covered by
individual insurance coverage, at any time during an MLR reporting
year.'' The NAIC does not define the term ``enrollee.'' However, we
believe it is important to clarify that, for reporting purposes,
``enrollee'' refers to anyone covered by a group plan, including
dependents of the subscriber or employee, as well as anyone covered by
an individual policy, despite the fact that this term is not ordinarily
used in the individual market.
``Small group market'' and ``Large group market.'' The reporting
regulations require in general that issuers report data for the large
group market, small group market, and individual market, as that
separation of data will be required in order to calculate the ratios
and rebates provided for in PHS Act section 2718(b). There is currently
more than one option for how to distinguish the small group market and
the large group market. The small and large group markets,
respectively, refer to coverage sold to a ``small employer'' or a
``large employer.'' The determination of whether an employer is large
or small depends on how many employees it has at particular times.
Prior to the Affordable Care Act, the PHS Act defined a small group in
terms of 2-50 employees, and a large group in terms of 51 or more
employees, while a group with only one employee was considered to be in
the individual market. However, the States were permitted to regulate
very small groups (``groups of one'') in the small group market rather
than the individual market. While most States used the statutory
definition, several States have chosen to regulate these very small
groups in the small group market.
Section 1304(b) of the Affordable Care Act amended the definitions
of large and small employer in the PHS Act, defining a small employer
as 1-100 employees and a large employer as 101 or more employees.
However, section 1304(b)(3) of the Affordable Care Act also allows
States to continue to define an employer with up to 50 employees as a
``small employer'' until 2016.
This interim final regulation provides that for purposes of section
2718 of the PHS Act, consistent with the provisions
[[Page 74869]]
in the Affordable Care Act, until 2016 a State may continue to provide
a definition of small group as having a maximum of 50 members, and that
for States that do so, that definition shall apply to the MLR reporting
and rebate requirements set forth in section 2718. This regulation does
not address the definition of the term ``small employer'' as used in
ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code, or how the definition in these
statutes interact with the definition in the PHS Act for purposes other
than the MLR provisions in section 2718. We anticipate that these
provisions will be addressed in future guidance.
C. Subpart A--Disclosure and Reporting
1. Reporting Requirements (Sec. 158.110)
Section 2718(a) of the statute requires issuers to submit a report
to the Secretary for each plan year concerning information related to
earned premiums and expenditures in various categories, including
reimbursement for clinical services provided to enrollees, activities
that improve health care quality, and all other non-claims costs. In
Sec. 158.110 of this interim final regulation, HHS requires that the
report be submitted to the Secretary by June 1 of the year following
the end of an MLR reporting year. This allows issuers to include in the
report claims for services provided during the MLR reporting year that
are processed and paid in the three months following the end of the MLR
reporting year, as provided in Sec. 158.140(a)(1), and gives issuers
another two months to compile and submit the required data. As
discussed in sections 4. and 5. below, mini-med plans and expatriate
plans wishing to receive the ``special circumstances'' adjustment
discussed in those sections would be required under Sec. 158.110(b)(1)
to submit data on an accelerated schedule.
The precise form and content of the data that issuers must report
to the Secretary will be announced in a subsequent Federal Register
notice. It is anticipated that the data to be submitted will be closely
coordinated with the data included on the Supplemental MLR Exhibit that
is filed by issuers with State departments of insurance as part of
their Annual Statement.
A common practice in insurance is the sale or transfer of blocks of
policies between issuers. This practice creates two issues for the
reporting requirements under section 2718 of the PHS Act. Consistent
with the NAIC's recommendation, Sec. 158.110(c) requires an issuer
that has ceded all of the risk associated with a block of policies to
another issuer to exclude any experience under those policies from its
report. As specified in Sec. 158.110(c), the issuer acquiring the
policies must report all of the claims, premium and expenses associated
with the acquired policies, including claims and costs incurred and
premiums earned during the MLR reporting year by the ceding issuer
prior to the effective date of the agreement to transfer responsibility
for the policies. The ceding issuer must not include experience under
these policies in its report to the Secretary. A second practice in
insurance with implications for the reporting requirements under
section 2718 of the PHS Act is the use of so-called ``assumption
reinsurance'' to transfer a block of business or group of insurance
policies from one issuer to another.
2. Aggregate Reporting (Sec. 158.120)
Section 158.120 of this interim final regulation requires issuers
to report premium, claims and other expenses for all group and
individual health insurance coverage (as defined above) on an aggregate
basis by State and health insurance market. This follows the approach
recommended by the NAIC. That is, a health insurance issuer will
submit, for each State in which it writes coverage, data on the
aggregate premiums, claims experience, quality-improvement
expenditures, and non-claims costs it incurs in connection with the
policies it issues in the large group, small group, and individual
markets. HHS believes that reporting by State is clearly intended in
section 2718 of the PHS Act, which allows a State to set a higher MLR
standard than the 80 or 85 percent required by the statute. Reporting
by health insurance market--i.e., by large group, small group, and
individual markets--is also required by section 2718 of the PHS Act,
which requires that MLR standards be met for each such market. The
experience for group coverage issued by a single issuer that covers
employees in multiple States must be attributed to the State that
regulates the insurance contract between the employer and the issuer,
as stated in Sec. 158.120(b) of this interim final regulation. Section
158.120(d) also (1) specifies how to attribute experience related to
policies sold through associations and trusts, (2) establishes special
rules that should be followed in reporting experience under group
health insurance coverage offered by multiple affiliated issuers in
connection with a single group health plan that gives participants a
choice of coverage options, and (3) provides for separate reporting in
2011 for mini-med plans that have a total annual limit of $250,000 or
less and for expatriate plans.
The aggregation rules adopted in the regulation are designed to
accomplish several objectives. First, the data that are reported and
subsequently used to calculate MLRs and rebates should be based on
sufficient experience to provide a reliable estimate of the issuer's
administrative performance and pricing strategy. To the extent
possible, the data used to calculate the MLRs and rebates should not
simply represent unpredictable fluctuations in use of services by those
covered by the issuer. Second, the reported data should reflect the
responsibility of State insurance departments to (1) license issuers to
sell insurance within a State (and, where applicable, to approve the
products that can be offered in the State by the issuer), and (2)
exercise oversight over the premium amounts that are charged for
coverage. Third, HHS sought to minimize the burden associated with
reporting MLR data, including the quality-improvement expense and non-
claims costs that would be reported in connection with each
``aggregation.''
In developing the regulation, a rule was considered that would
disaggregate products by type of coverage--for example, HMO, PPO, and
high-deductible coverage--even if offered by the same licensed issuer.
The purpose of such a disaggregation would be to have the reported MLRs
and rebates reflect experience under more uniform product designs, and
to reduce possible inequities in the treatment of different types of
plans. However, disaggregation would increase the number of reporting
aggregations since one licensed issuer could have to report multiple
aggregations, thus reducing the reliability of reported experience and
rebates. HHS agrees with the NAIC and has decided against this type of
disaggregation. In response to the Request for Comments, commenters
generally supported aggregation by State and, within State, by the
three market segments identified in the statute: The large group
market, the small group market, and the individual market. Consumer
advocacy groups generally noted that aggregation would tend to mask
variations in MLRs across products. However, other commenters noted
that aggregation across policies is needed to calculate reliable MLRs
and to reflect the pooling of risk across policies or policy forms.
After considering the arguments presented by the commenters, as well as
public comments submitted to the NAIC, HHS decided to follow the
recommendations submitted to the Secretary by the NAIC
[[Page 74870]]
and aggregate at the market level within each State, for reasons
described below.
a. Attribution to State-of-Issue
The regulation requires issuers to report experience based on the
State-of-issue for each policy that it writes. This requirement is
intended to result in a report that describes experience under policies
whose benefits and premiums either are regulated, or could be
regulated, by a State, since it is at the State level that insurance
regulation occurs. The regulation generally defines the State-of-issue
based on the ``situs'' of the insurance contract between the issuer and
the policyholder. HHS defines ``situs'' as the State in which the
contract is issued or delivered as stated in the contract. Consistent
with NAIC guidance, HHS interprets this as the State that has primary
jurisdiction over, or governs, the policy. Special rules that apply to
determining the ``situs'' of a policy marketed to individuals and
employers through associations or trusts are discussed below.
The NAIC concluded, and the Department agrees with its conclusion,
that the State is the appropriate level of geographic aggregation.
Regulation of insurance has been and continues to be primarily the
responsibility of States. Benefits offered, premiums, and marketing
activities are all regulated under State law. It is the States that
review and approve rates, and oversee solvency, and rebates are
essentially a retrospective adjustment or correction to premiums. In
addition, the statute specifically provides an opportunity for
individual States to adopt loss ratio standards that are higher than
those required by section 2718(b). It also allows for State-by-State
adjustments to the medical loss ratio standard when justified by
potential destabilization in the individual market. Applying State-
level and State-specific MLR standards would be difficult if experience
were aggregated across States that may have different MLR standards.
Adopting the State as the basic unit of geographic aggregation will
make the reports submitted under section 2718 more meaningful to the
exchanges. The Department agrees with the NAIC determination and has
decided not to aggregate the experience of a single issuer across
States. A rule that would permit aggregation of experience across
issuers with common ownership was also considered. Under such a rule,
the experience of all issuers owned by a common holding company or
corporate group would be combined. Aggregation across such affiliated
issuers would have two possible advantages: It would increase the total
experience used to prepare the report, thereby increasing the
reliability of the data for smaller issuers; and it would combine
similar coverage provided in the same market by two related companies.
However, aggregation across affiliated issuers might also combine the
experience of issuers offering dissimilar coverage or that use
different pricing policies. HHS has concluded, as did the NAIC, that
reporting should not be done at the level of the holding company in
this interim final regulation.
In response to both the April request for information notice and
the NAIC's solicitation of comments, extensive comments were received
from issuers, regulators, and consumers. In general, comments received
from regulators and consumers supported aggregation at no higher than
the State level. The reasons given for State aggregation included
consistency with the statute, greater meaningfulness of State-level
information to consumers and purchasers, consistency with the
responsibility of the States for regulation of issuers and oversight of
insurance premiums, and the calculation of rebates that appropriately
reflect the relationship between premium and claims experience. Many
health issuers also recommended aggregation at the State level,
although some recommended aggregation at the national level for
coverage sold to large employers. Advocates of aggregation at a
national level pointed to the greater reliability of reported loss
ratios when based on the experience of the combined national enrollment
of an issuer and, in the case of large group coverage, the use of
experience rating for national or regional employers, and the
complexity of allocating certain expenses, particularly Federal taxes,
to experience within a single State. Several comments addressed
aggregation at a geographic region smaller than a State. Reasons
identified for regional aggregation within a State included claims of
geographic variations within States of utilization and expenditure
patterns and differences across issuers in geographic adjustments that
are used to set premiums.
The NAIC considered the arguments made for different approaches to
geographic aggregation, including the issues related to multi-State
level employers, and decided that aggregation should be at the State
level. HHS agrees with and adopts the NAIC's approach. As discussed
previously, particularly as to the individual and small group markets,
State aggregation is most consistent with the requirements of the
statute, particularly provisions permitting State-level exceptions to
the minimum loss ratio, and will result in information that is more
meaningful to consumers. In addition, aggregation at a national level
would preclude States' flexibility to set higher MLR standards as
prescribed in the Affordable Care Act. Aggregation at the State level
will also ensure value for their health care dollars for consumers in
every State.
Some issuers have expressed concern that the reporting and rebate
requirements recommended by the NAIC, and adopted in this regulation,
would disadvantage large or multi-state employers, including those with
a small number of employees in one State and a larger presence in
another. This regulation does not require these businesses to change
the manner in which they operate, and accommodates issuers that provide
coverage to such employers in a number of ways.
First, where an issuer insures employees of a business located in
multiple States, the NAIC recommended and HHS agrees that MLR reporting
should be based on the ``situs of the contract.'' Under this approach,
incorporated in this regulation, the premiums and claims experience
attributable to employees in multiple States are combined and reported
by the issuer in the MLR report for the State identified in the
insurance policy or certificate as having primary jurisdiction over the
policy--often the headquarters of the company. This avoids separating
the experience of employees from a single company in multiple States.
Second, the NAIC recommended, and HHS adopts, combined reporting
across affiliates for ``dual contracts.'' Under these types of
insurance contracts, a single group health plan obtains coverage from
two affiliated issuers, one providing in-network coverage, and a second
affiliate providing out-of-network benefits to the plan. The experience
of these two affiliated issuers providing coverage to a single employer
can be combined and reported on a consolidated basis as if it were
entirely provided by the in-network issuer. This maintains the
experience of employees in a single reporting entity.
Thirdly, where affiliated issuers offer blended insurance rates to
an employer--rates based on the combined experience of the affiliates
serving the employer--the NAIC recommended and HHS agrees that the
incurred claims and expenses for quality improving activities can be
adjusted among affiliates to reflect the experience of the employer as
a whole.
Taken together, these provisions recommended by the NAIC and
adopted by HHS are a reasonable
[[Page 74871]]
accommodation of the needs of affiliated issuers and the multi-state
employers for which the issuers provide coverage.
b. Attribution to Health Insurance Markets Within States
The interim final regulation requires issuers to report experience
within a State for each of the three markets referenced by the statute:
The individual market, the small group market and the large group
market. Experience under a health insurance policy or certificate is to
be attributed to the individual market if the policy is not offered in
connection with a group health plan, as defined by the PHS Act.
In response to the April request for information notice, HHS
received extensive comments on a separate aggregation question: Whether
to combine the small group and individual markets. In general, comments
supported separate reporting for the individual, small group, and large
group markets. Concern was expressed that merging any of these markets
would tend to conceal differences in medical loss ratios and perpetuate
the pricing of individual or small group policies to achieve a medical
loss ratio substantially below the minimums specified in the statue. On
the other hand, HHS received comments from both regulators and industry
supporting the consolidation of the individual and small group markets,
and some comments recommended giving issuers the option of combining or
not combining the individual and small group markets. Consolidated
reporting could increase the reliability of reported loss ratios by
reflecting a larger base of experience. However, it could also deprive
consumers in one of these markets of the value of the statutory MLR
standard.
The NAIC, in its model regulation, permits an issuer to combine the
individual and small group markets for purposes of calculating the MLR
rebate if the State in which the coverage is issued requires that the
two markets be combined for rating purposes. HHS adopts this approach.
This exception is consistent with section 1312(c)(3) of the Affordable
Care Act, which allows a State to require the merger of the individual
and small group markets. Under such a merger, risk is pooled between
individuals and small groups, and it would be appropriate to base
rebates on the combined experience in the two markets. While we agree
with this approach, it is important that the experience of the small
group and individual markets be reported separately even if experience
is combined for purposes of calculating the MLR, for a number of
reasons. The statute allows the Secretary to adjust the MLR percentage
in the individual market of a State if the Secretary determines that
the application of the 80 percent MLR may destabilize the individual
market in that State. Also, the law states that the Secretary may
adjust the MLR ``if the Secretary determines appropriate on account of
the volatility of the individual market due to the establishment of
State Exchanges.'' In order for the Secretary to make these
determinations, reporting of data for the individual market is needed.
Separately reported data will also enable HHS to evaluate the impact of
the MLR standards on the market, consumers, and the industry, and to
consider making changes to the interim final regulation as appropriate
based on actual experience.
HHS has considered the arguments made for different approaches to
aggregation across markets. It has decided to follow the recommendation
to the Secretary submitted by the NAIC and require separate reporting
of experience by the three markets.
c. Associations or Trusts
The aggregation rules, in Sec. 158.120(d), adopts the NAIC's
approach and also provide guidance for insurance coverage offered
through associations or trusts. Under the definition of ``group health
insurance coverage,'' only coverage offered to individuals through
associations or trusts that are offered in connection with a group
health plan should be attributed to the group market. Coverage obtained
through an association or trust that is not offered in connection with
a group health plan should be attributed to the individual market.
Although such coverage is generally considered to be ``group'' coverage
under the conventions of statutory accounting, it is to be reported as
individual coverage consistent with the requirements of the PHS Act.
This is consistent with ERISA's definition of group health plan, as
incorporated in title XXVII of the PHS Act, as well as the NAIC's
recommended approach. Although such coverage is generally considered to
be ``group'' coverage for other purposes (for example, the conventions
of statutory accounting), this interim final regulation requires non-
employment based coverage to be reported as individual coverage
consistent with the requirements of the PHS Act. As noted earlier, this
interim final regulation does not apply to self-insured plans,
including self-insured plans offered through an association or trust.
d. Expatriate Plans
The NAIC model regulation does not address the special
circumstances of different types of plans, such as expatriate plans and
plans with low annual limits, commonly called ``mini-med'' plans.
However, in a letter dated October 13, 2010 to the Secretary of Health
and Human Services, the NAIC expressed its opinion that expatriate
plans should be excluded from the requirements of section 2718. HHS has
considered the NAIC's views, as well as the public comments received by
HHS and by the NAIC regarding these types of plans. Expatriate policies
generally cover: Employees working outside their country of
citizenship; employees working outside of their country of citizenship
and outside the employer's country of domicile; and citizens working in
their home country. Their unique nature results in a higher percentage
of administrative costs in relation to premiums than plans that provide
coverage primarily within the United States, for two reasons. One,
administrative costs are related to identifying and credentialing
providers worldwide in countries with different licensing and other
requirements from those found in the United States, processing claims
submitted in various languages that follow various billing procedures
and standards, providing translation and other services to enrollees,
and helping subscribers locate qualified providers in different
countries. Two, because these plans primarily cover care in other
countries, issuers are less able to provide quality improving
activities.
We note initially that some expatriate plans are not subject to the
provisions of the Affordable Care Act, including the MLR reporting and
rebate provisions of section 2718. Policies issued by non-U.S. issuers
for services rendered outside of the U.S. are not subject to the
Affordable Care Act. Therefore, if an expatriate policy is written on a
form that was not filed and approved by any State insurance department,
or its equivalent, experience under that policy would not be reported
for purposes of calculating an issuer's MLR.
HHS agrees with the NAIC that expatriate policies that are issued
by U.S. domestic issuers on forms approved by a State insurance
department have special circumstances that should be addressed in this
interim final regulation. Therefore, the experience of these expatriate
policies is to be reported separately from other coverage, as provided
in Sec. 158.120(d)(4), and the calculation of claims and quality
improving activities is to be
[[Page 74872]]
multiplied by a factor of two, as provided in Sec. 158.221(b). HHS
believes that this factor is sufficient to account for the special
circumstances of expatriate plans, while still requiring that they meet
the statutory MLR standards. However, because HHS thinks additional
data is necessary to inform this adjustment, this special circumstance
adjustment applies for 2011 only. Also, in order to determine whether,
and if so what type of, an adjustment may be appropriate for 2012,
expatriate plans that wish to avail themselves of this special
circumstances adjustment in Sec. 158.221(b)(4) for 2011 will be
required to report MLR data on a quarterly schedule under Sec.
158.110(b). We will revisit the special filing circumstances for
expatriate plans after reviewing the quarterly filings.
e. ``Mini-med'' Plans
HHS has received requests from issuers of so-called mini-med plans
to be exempted entirely from the MLR and rebate provisions of section
2718. The term ``mini-med'' plan does not have a statutory basis, and
we use it here to generally refer to policies that often cover the same
types of medical services as comprehensive medical plans but have
unusually low annual benefit limits, often capping coverage on an
annual basis for one or more benefits at $5,000 or $10,000, although
some have limits above $50,000 or even $250,000. Our analysis of this
segment of the insurance market suggests that a large majority of such
plans have limits at or below $250,000. As discussed below, we
therefore are using this figure as a proxy for capturing this type of
plan.
Issuers of mini-med plans assert that their administrative costs
are higher as a percentage of the premium collected than is the case
for plans having higher annual limits and thus a higher premium base.
They assert that they have special administrative burdens because the
populations they serve generally have high turnover rates. This high
turnover rate may also result in lower claims costs. Mini-med plans are
also less likely to spend as much on quality improving activities
because of their lower annual limits. Both of these factors would
result in administrative costs being a higher percentage of premium
dollars than for plans with higher amounts of coverage. These issuers
therefore ask that mini-med coverage be exempted entirely from the
requirements of section 2718, and have indicated that in the absence of
an exemption some may no longer be able to offer coverage. Some
consumer groups have disagreed, suggesting that mini-med plans have
higher profit margins than do traditional plans with significantly
higher limits and should not be exempt from the MLR standards. The Blue
Cross and Blue Shield Association sent a letter to Secretary Sebelius
on November 1, 2010 in which it urged that HHS not grant ``any MLR
exceptions for particular companies or product types.'' However, an
issuer, which according to company materials has a relationship with
the Blue Cross and Blue Shield system and provides coverage to at least
one large employer, asserted that the company would be forced to drop
this coverage without an exemption.
The application of the Affordable Care Act to mini-med plan